1 #LyX 2.0.0beta1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % workaround for a makeindex bug,
48 % see sec. "Index Entry Order"
49 % only uncomment this when you are using makindex
51 %\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
53 % the following added in Bahasa Indonesia Version
54 \addtokomafont{chapterentry}{\centering}
55 \addtokomafont{chapter}{\centering}
57 \options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading,chapterprefix,numbers=noenddot
58 \use_default_options false
59 \maintain_unincluded_children false
65 \font_typewriter default
66 \font_default_family default
74 \default_output_format default
76 \bibtex_command default
77 \index_command default
81 \pdf_title "Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX"
86 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
87 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
88 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
93 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
94 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
104 \paperorientation portrait
107 \notefontcolor #0000ff
124 \paragraph_separation indent
125 \paragraph_indentation default
126 \quotes_language english
129 \paperpagestyle default
130 \tracking_changes false
131 \output_changes false
139 Petunjuk Penggunaan LyX
147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
149 Petunjuk dalam Bahasa Indonesia ini disunting oleh
154 Apabila anda mempunyai komentar atau menemukan kesalahan yang perlu dikoreksi,
155 silakan kirim komentar ke mailing list LyX,
158 \begin_inset CommandInset href
160 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
174 \begin_inset Newline newline
178 \begin_inset Newline newline
182 \begin_inset Note Note
185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
186 Versi PDF terkini dapat diperoleh disini:
187 \begin_inset Newline newline
192 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
200 \begin_layout Standard
201 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
202 LatexCommand tableofcontents
209 \begin_layout Chapter
213 \begin_layout Section
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 LyX adalah suatu sistem pengaturan dokumen yang digunakan untuk menyiapkan
219 manuskrip makalah, buku, surat bisnis, proposal, juga dapat digunakan untuk
222 \begin_inset Quotes eld
226 \begin_inset Quotes erd
230 LyX menggunakan paradigma bahasa perubahan sebagai inti dari gaya penyuntingan,
231 yaitu apabila anda menulis judul bab, maka anda hanya perlu menandainya
233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
240 , tidak perlu menyatakan
241 \begin_inset Quotes eld
244 Huruf Tebal, ukuran 17
245 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
248 pt, rata kiri, jarak ke baris berikutnya 5
249 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
253 \begin_inset Quotes erd
257 LyX yang akan mengatur semuanya itu.
258 Anda hanya perlu memikirkan tentang isi dan konsep, bukan bagaimana pengaturan
262 \begin_layout Standard
263 Filosopi ini dijelaskan pada buku panduan
264 \begin_inset Quotes eld
272 \begin_inset Quotes erd
276 Apabila belum membacanya, sangat disarankan anda membacanya terlebih dahulu
277 sebelum melanjutkan mempelajari buku panduan ini.
280 \begin_layout Standard
282 \begin_inset Quotes eld
290 \begin_inset Quotes erd
293 , selain menjelaskan tentang filosofi LyX, juga menjelaskan tentang format
294 penulisan yang digunakan di semua buku panduan.
295 Oleh karena itu anda perlu meluangkan waktu untuk membacanya terlebih dahulu.
296 Buku panduan lain yang disarankan dipelajari sebelum membaca buku panduan
297 ini adalah buku panduan
298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
306 \begin_inset Quotes erd
312 \begin_layout Section
313 Bagaimana Tampilan LyX
316 \begin_layout Standard
317 Seperti umumnya aplikasi program lain, LyX mempunyai kotak menu utama di
318 bagian atas jendela kerja.
319 Dibagian bawahnya ada kotak bantuan yang berisi satu kotak pilihan serta
320 berbagai tombol bantuan.
321 Selain itu, ada gulungan vertikal dan area kerja utama untuk menyunting
325 \begin_layout Standard
326 Ada satu hal yang perlu anda ketahui, anda tidak akan menemukan gulungan
328 Hal ini bukanlah karena kutu program atau fitur yang terlupakan, tetapi
329 merupakan kesengajaan.
330 Teks yang ditulis dalam area kerja LyX akan selalu diteruskan di baris
331 bawahnya apabila melewati batas jendela kerja.
332 Oleh karena itu, LyX tidak memerlukan gulungan horisontal, cukup menggunakan
334 Mungkin ada tiga alasan mengapa anda masih memerlukan gulungan horisontal.
335 Yang pertama adalah apabila anda mempunyai gambar yang berukuran besar.
336 Untuk mengatasi hal ini, yang anda perlu lakukan adalah mengatur skala
337 gambar di LyX agar bisa ditampilan seluruhnya di area kerja LyX.
338 Alasan yang kedua dan ketiga adalah berkaitan dengan tabel dan persamaan
339 yang melebihi area kerja.
340 Untuk tabel, anda bisa menggunakan tombol panah untuk menggeser kursor
341 dalam tabel pada arah horisontal.
342 Namun demikian, hal ini belum dapat dilakukan untuk persamaan yang panjang
343 dan melebihi area kerja.
346 \begin_layout Standard
347 Penjelasan ringkas tentang semua menu LyX serta tombol bantuan yang ada,
348 silahkan membaca di Lampiran
353 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
355 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
360 Hampir semua menu dapat dipahami dengan sendirinya dari nama menu.
361 Namun demikian anda dapat memperoleh penjelasan lanjut pada sub-bab dalam
367 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
369 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
377 \begin_layout Section
381 \begin_layout Standard
382 Bantuan yang disediakan adalah dalam bentuk buku panduan LyX.
387 buku panduan dalam LyX.
388 Caranya sangat mudah, dari menu
392 , kemudian pilihlah buku panduan yang ingin anda baca.
395 \begin_layout Section
397 \begin_inset CommandInset label
399 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
406 \begin_layout Standard
407 Ada beberapa fitur LyX dapat diatur dari dalam LyX, tanpa melakukan perubahan
408 atau menyunting secara langsung pada berkas konfigurasinya.
409 LyX mampu memeriksa sistem anda untuk melihat perangkat lunak, class dokumen
410 LaTeX, serta paket LaTeX yang tersedia.
411 Dengan kemampuan ini, LyX menggunakannya untuk menentukan pengaturan bawaan
417 \begin_inset Index idx
420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
427 Walaupun pengaturan konfigurasi bawaan sudah dilakukan ketika proses instalasi
428 LyX, anda masih mempunyai keleluasaan untuk menambah program tambahan secara
429 lokal, misalnya LaTeX class, yang sebelumnya belum dikenal oleh LyX.
430 Untuk memaksa LyX untuk memeriksa ulang sistem anda, maka anda perlu menggunaka
433 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
437 \begin_inset Index idx
440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
441 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
447 Setelah proses konfigurasi ulang, anda harus menjalankan ulang LyX untuk
448 memastikan semua perubahan diterapkan dalam LyX.
451 \begin_layout Section
453 \begin_inset CommandInset label
455 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
462 \begin_layout Standard
463 Anda dapat menyunting dokumen dalam LyX tanpa instalasi LaTeX, namun demikian
464 anda tidak akan bisa melihat atau mebuat PDF atau mencetak dokumen tanpa
466 Apabila dokumen anda menggunakan DocBook, maka anda akan dapat menghasilkan
467 PDF atau yang setara, selain itu semua dokumen dalam DocBook akan mempunyai
468 keluaran sebagai plain text atau XHTML.
471 \begin_layout Standard
472 Beberapa class dokumen menggunakan kombinasi class LaTeX atau DocBook atau
474 Anda dapat menggunakan class dokumen tersebut walaupun anda tidak memiliki
475 berkas yang seharusnya sudah dipasang.
476 Tentu saja anda tidak dapat melihat hasil keluaran tanpa semua berkas terpasang
480 \begin_layout Standard
481 Semua paket LaTeX yang sudah dideteksi ada dalam sistem anda dapat dilihat
484 Bantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
503 Apabila ada paket-paket yang belum terpasang, anda perlu melakukan instalasi
504 paket kemudian konfigurasi ulang (menu
506 AlatBantuan\SpecialChar \menuseparator
514 \begin_inset Note Note
517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
518 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
519 \begin_inset Quotes eld
523 \begin_inset Quotes erd
526 from being printed with sub- and superscript letters.
527 More about TeX Code is described in section
532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
534 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
538 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
543 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
545 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
555 \begin_inset Index idx
558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
559 Konfigurasi Ulang LyX
564 Informasi tentang bagaimana melakukan instalasi tambahan paket LaTeX, silahkan
565 lihat sub-bab 5.1 dari buku panduan
567 Perubahan dan Pengaturan
572 \begin_layout Chapter
573 Bagaimana Menggunakan LyX
576 \begin_layout Section
577 Dasar Penggunaan Berkas
578 \begin_inset Index idx
581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
590 \begin_layout Standard
591 Semua penggunaan berkas dapat dimulai dari menu
595 serta ada di kotak bantuan dalam bentuk ikon tombol bantuan.
596 Beberapa menu yang berkaitan dengan berkas adalah:
599 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
612 \begin_layout Itemize
626 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_inset Graphics
637 filename ../../images/file-open.png
645 \begin_layout Itemize
651 \begin_layout Itemize
657 \begin_inset Graphics
658 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
666 \begin_layout Itemize
684 \begin_layout Itemize
694 \begin_layout Itemize
704 \begin_layout Itemize
710 \begin_layout Itemize
716 \begin_layout Itemize
722 \begin_inset Graphics
723 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
731 \begin_layout Itemize
737 \begin_layout Standard
738 Secara umum, hampir semua operasi berkas mirip dengan yang ada di pengolah
740 Hanya saja di LyX ada sedikit perbedaan.
741 Apabila membuka berkas baru dari The
743 Berkas\SpecialChar \menuseparator
745 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
754 bukan hanya menuntun anda untuk memberi nama berkas tetapi juga memilih
755 templet yang akan anda gunakan.
756 Dengan memilih templet secara otomatis akan mengatur fitur utama tataletak
757 dokumen, sedangkan fitur lainnya dapat anda atur sendiri.
758 Templet mungkin menggunakan kelas dokumen tertentu (lihat subbab
763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
765 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
772 \begin_layout Standard
789 sangat berguna apabila anda bersama teman-teman anda menyunting berkas
794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
795 Apabila anda akan melakukan hal ini, anda perlu mempelajari fitur Kontrol
796 Versi yang ditulis di buku panduan
815 akan memuat ulang dokumen dari cakra.
816 Anda dapat menggunakan operasi
824 untuk mengabaikan perubahan yang sudah anda lakukan dan mengembalikan ke
825 berkas terakhir yang anda simpan.
826 Dengan operasi berkas
834 anda dapat mendaftarkan catatan perubahan pada dokumen sehingga orang lain
835 akan dapat mengenali perubahan yang telah anda lakukan.
838 \begin_layout Section
839 Dasar Fitur Penyuntingan
840 \begin_inset Index idx
843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
852 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
859 \begin_layout Standard
860 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
861 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or page of text, and can
862 delete whole words as well as individual characters.
863 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
865 We'll start with cut and paste.
868 \begin_layout Standard
869 As you might expect, the
873 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
874 various other editing features.
875 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
879 \begin_layout Itemize
885 \begin_inset Graphics
886 filename ../../images/cut.png
894 \begin_layout Itemize
900 \begin_inset Graphics
901 filename ../../images/copy.png
909 \begin_layout Itemize
915 \begin_inset Graphics
916 filename ../../images/paste.png
924 \begin_layout Itemize
934 \begin_layout Itemize
944 \begin_layout Itemize
958 \begin_inset Graphics
959 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
968 \begin_layout Standard
969 The first three are self-explanatory.
970 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
971 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
980 keys also function as the
985 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
986 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
991 to get back the lost text.
994 \begin_layout Standard
995 \begin_inset Index idx
998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1004 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
1008 \begin_inset space ~
1013 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
1016 \begin_layout Standard
1019 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1021 \begin_inset space ~
1024 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1026 \begin_inset space ~
1030 \begin_inset space ~
1035 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1041 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1045 \begin_inset space ~
1050 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1051 will start a new paragraph.
1054 \begin_layout Standard
1055 \begin_inset Index idx
1058 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1065 \begin_inset Index idx
1068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1076 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1078 \begin_inset space ~
1082 \begin_inset space ~
1090 \begin_inset space ~
1094 \begin_inset space ~
1100 Once you have found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1105 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1108 \begin_inset space ~
1117 \begin_inset space ~
1122 button to skip the current word.
1126 \begin_inset space ~
1131 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1135 \begin_inset space ~
1140 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1142 If the toggle is set, searching for
1143 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1154 will not match the word
1155 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1169 Match whole words only
1171 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words, i.
1172 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1176 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1202 \begin_layout Standard
1203 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1204 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1206 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1211 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1218 \begin_layout Section
1220 \begin_inset Index idx
1223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1230 \begin_inset Index idx
1233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1242 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1249 \begin_layout Standard
1250 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1251 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1254 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1257 or the toolbar button
1258 \begin_inset Graphics
1259 filename ../../images/undo.png
1264 to undo some mistake.
1265 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1267 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1270 or the toolbar button
1271 \begin_inset Graphics
1272 filename ../../images/redo.png
1278 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1282 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1285 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1289 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1292 \begin_layout Standard
1293 Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
1295 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1299 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1302 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1303 This is a consequence of the 100
1304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1307 step undo limit, above.
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1319 work on almost everything in LyX.
1320 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1324 \begin_layout Section
1326 \begin_inset Index idx
1329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1338 \begin_layout Standard
1339 These are the most basic mouse operations.
1342 \begin_layout Enumerate
1347 \begin_layout Itemize
1352 once anywhere in the edit window.
1353 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1357 \begin_layout Enumerate
1362 \begin_layout Itemize
1368 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1371 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1374 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1377 \begin_layout Itemize
1378 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1380 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1387 \begin_layout Enumerate
1388 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1392 \begin_layout Standard
1393 Right-click on them to set their properties.
1394 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1398 \begin_layout Enumerate
1403 \begin_layout Standard
1408 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1413 \begin_layout Section
1415 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1417 name "sec:Navigating"
1422 \begin_inset Index idx
1425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1434 \begin_layout Standard
1435 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1438 \begin_layout Itemize
1443 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1444 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1447 \begin_layout Itemize
1450 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1453 or the toolbar button
1454 \begin_inset Graphics
1455 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1462 \begin_layout Standard
1463 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1464 (TOC) that is described in section
1465 \begin_inset space ~
1469 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1471 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1476 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1477 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1478 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1479 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1480 to the document, see section
1481 \begin_inset space ~
1485 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1487 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1496 option sorts the current list, and the
1500 option keeps it in the current view state.
1501 Keeping means that when you have e.
1502 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1506 \begin_inset space \space{}
1509 the subsections of section
1510 \begin_inset space ~
1513 2 and 4 shown and click on section
1514 \begin_inset space ~
1517 3, the subsections of section
1518 \begin_inset space ~
1521 2 and 4 will still be shown.
1526 option they will be hidden to highlight the clicked section
1527 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_layout Standard
1535 \begin_inset space \space{}
1539 \begin_inset Graphics
1540 filename ../../images/down.png
1545 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1550 \begin_inset space \space{}
1554 \begin_inset Graphics
1555 filename ../../images/up.png
1560 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1564 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1566 So you can for example move section
1567 \begin_inset space ~
1571 \begin_inset space ~
1575 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1577 \begin_inset Graphics
1578 filename ../../images/promote.png
1583 \begin_inset Graphics
1584 filename ../../images/demote.png
1588 or the corresponding key bindings
1596 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1597 So you can for example make section
1598 \begin_inset space ~
1602 \begin_inset space ~
1606 \begin_inset space ~
1612 \begin_layout Standard
1614 \begin_inset Graphics
1615 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
1620 jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
1621 This is for example useful when you have a large document and navigated
1622 or scrolled to another document part to look for something, and want to
1623 go back to your last editing position.
1626 \begin_layout Section
1627 Input / Word Completion
1628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1630 name "sec:Input-Completion"
1635 \begin_inset Index idx
1638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1645 \begin_inset Index idx
1648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1679 \begin_layout Standard
1680 LyX provides completion of words by scanning all documents that are currently
1682 Every word that appears in these documents is added to a database that
1683 is used to propose completions.
1686 \begin_layout Standard
1687 By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
1688 there are completions available.
1689 You can then press the
1693 key to use this completion.
1694 When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
1695 You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
1696 and accept the chosen completion be pressing
1703 \begin_layout Standard
1704 In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
1706 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1709 , the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
1711 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1714 by deselecting the option
1721 Automatic inline completion
1723 the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
1724 To accept this proposal, use the
1733 the completions are always shown in a popup.
1734 LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
1736 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1742 reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
1749 \begin_layout Section
1751 \begin_inset Index idx
1754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1761 \begin_inset Index idx
1764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1769 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1793 \begin_inset Index idx
1796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1827 \begin_layout Standard
1828 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1829 LyX's default is CUA.
1832 \begin_layout Standard
1836 \begin_inset space ~
1844 \begin_inset space ~
1865 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1869 \begin_layout Labeling
1870 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1874 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1875 LatexCommand nomenclature
1877 description "Tabulator key"
1883 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1884 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1885 \begin_inset space ~
1889 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1891 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1896 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1898 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1902 , especially section
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1907 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1909 reference "sub:Lists"
1915 If you're still confused, look in the
1922 \begin_layout Labeling
1923 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1927 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1928 LatexCommand nomenclature
1930 description "Escape key"
1937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1941 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1944 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1945 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1948 \begin_layout Labeling
1949 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1955 \begin_inset space ~
1959 \begin_inset space ~
1966 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1967 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1971 \begin_layout Standard
1972 There are three modifier keys:
1975 \begin_layout Labeling
1976 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1982 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1990 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1994 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1995 LatexCommand nomenclature
1997 description "Control key"
2001 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
2002 on which keys it's used in combination with:
2006 \begin_layout Itemize
2015 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
2018 \begin_layout Itemize
2027 , it moves by words instead of characters.
2030 \begin_layout Itemize
2039 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
2043 \begin_layout Labeling
2044 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2050 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2058 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2062 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2063 LatexCommand nomenclature
2065 description "Shift key"
2069 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
2070 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
2073 \begin_layout Labeling
2074 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
2080 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2088 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2092 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
2093 LatexCommand nomenclature
2095 description "Alt or Meta key"
2099 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
2100 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
2101 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
2107 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
2109 menu accelerator keys
2112 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
2113 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
2117 \begin_layout Standard
2118 For example, the sequence
2119 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2125 \begin_inset space ~
2129 \begin_inset space ~
2135 \begin_inset space ~
2143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2147 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2151 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2156 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2162 \begin_inset space ~
2168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2178 \begin_layout Standard
2183 manual lists all other things bound to the
2191 \begin_layout Standard
2192 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
2193 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
2194 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
2195 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
2196 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
2197 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
2198 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
2199 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
2200 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2215 followed by a capital
2222 \begin_layout Standard
2223 You can list or change the keybindings in the menu
2225 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2230 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2233 as explained in sec.
2234 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2238 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2240 reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
2247 \begin_layout Chapter
2249 \begin_inset Index idx
2252 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2261 \begin_layout Section
2263 \begin_inset Index idx
2266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2275 \begin_layout Subsection
2279 \begin_layout Standard
2280 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2281 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2282 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2283 numbering schemes, and so on.
2284 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2285 and format the title of your document differently.
2288 \begin_layout Standard
2293 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2294 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2295 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2296 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2297 So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
2300 \begin_layout Standard
2301 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2302 how to adjust their properties.
2305 \begin_layout Subsection
2307 \begin_inset Index idx
2310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2319 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2326 \begin_layout Standard
2327 You can select a class using the
2329 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2330 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2334 \begin_inset Index idx
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2344 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2348 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2352 \begin_layout Standard
2353 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2357 \begin_layout Description
2358 Article for basic articles
2361 \begin_layout Description
2362 Report for basic reports
2365 \begin_layout Description
2366 Book for writing a book
2369 \begin_layout Description
2370 Letter for US-style letters
2373 \begin_layout Standard
2374 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2375 installed the corresponding LaTeX class files, though most LaTeX distributions
2376 will include many of these.
2377 Here are some of the classes.
2378 The full list with detailed explanations can be found in chapter
2380 Special Document Classes
2389 \begin_layout Description
2390 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2393 \begin_layout Description
2394 ACS For submissions to the journals published by the American Chemistry
2398 \begin_layout Description
2399 AGU For submissions to the journals published by the American Geophysical
2403 \begin_layout Description
2404 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2405 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2406 There are three article layouts available.
2407 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2408 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2409 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2410 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2415 sequential numbering
2416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2419 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2420 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2421 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2422 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2425 \begin_layout Description
2426 Beamer Layout for presentations
2429 \begin_layout Description
2430 Broadway Layout for writing plays.
2431 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2435 \begin_layout Description
2436 Chess Layout to write about chess games
2439 \begin_layout Description
2441 \begin_inset space ~
2444 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2447 \begin_layout Description
2448 Elsarticle Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2451 \begin_layout Description
2452 Foils Used to make transparencies
2455 \begin_layout Description
2456 Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2457 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2461 \begin_layout Description
2462 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2463 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2466 \begin_layout Description
2467 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2470 \begin_layout Description
2471 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2474 \begin_layout Description
2475 KOMA-Script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2476 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2477 (Is used by this document.)
2480 \begin_layout Description
2481 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2484 \begin_layout Description
2485 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2488 \begin_layout Description
2493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2500 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2501 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2503 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2506 \begin_layout Description
2507 Slides Used to make transparencies
2510 \begin_layout Description
2512 \begin_inset space ~
2515 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2516 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2519 \begin_layout Description
2520 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2523 \begin_layout Standard
2524 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2526 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
2532 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2533 of the document classes.
2536 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2540 \begin_layout Standard
2541 New users are sometimes puzzled by the fact that many of the document classes
2544 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2545 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2547 \begin_inset Index idx
2550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2559 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2563 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2567 Or they are surprised that, when they open e.
2568 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
2572 \begin_inset space ~
2579 template, they receive a warning saying that the document requires files
2580 that are not installed to produce output.
2581 So it seems that something is wrong.
2584 \begin_layout Standard
2585 But nothing is wrong.
2586 LyX includes many more document classes than you will ever need to use,
2587 and some of them, like
2591 , are highly specialized.LyX tries to support as many different types of
2592 documents as possible, and it includes almost one hundred different layout
2593 files, with a growing number.
2594 No LaTeX distribution will install by default all files that might be needed
2595 by some document class.
2596 There are just too many of them.
2597 That is why some of the document classes are unavailable.
2600 \begin_layout Standard
2601 If there is a document class you would like to use that is marked as `Unavailabl
2602 e', you need to install the appropriate package files.
2603 The easiest way to find out which files you need to install is to use that
2604 document class for a new file.
2605 LyX will display a dialog that will list the missing files.
2607 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2610 Installing new LaTeX files
2611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2618 manual for information on how to install them.
2619 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
2625 \begin_layout Standard
2626 Although LyX provides support for many different sorts of documents, it
2627 does not include support for every document class people might want to
2629 For example, many universities provide LaTeX class files to be used for
2630 dissertations submitted to those universities.
2631 The LyX team cannot write layout files to support every one of these.
2633 Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
2636 \begin_inset space ~
2643 manual contains information on how to create layout files.
2646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2655 \begin_inset Index idx
2658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2667 \begin_layout Standard
2668 Modules load additional features that are not by default available in the
2669 chosen document class.
2670 For example you might want to write Braille (embossed printing) in a document.
2671 This is not available in any document class, so you have to load the correspond
2678 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2682 \begin_inset Index idx
2685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2692 Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of the
2696 \begin_layout Standard
2697 Some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always installed by default.
2698 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2699 You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
2700 be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
2701 able to compile the LaTeX file without the missing package.
2702 If you want to be able to produce output, then you need to install the
2703 missing package and then reconfigure LyX by selecting
2705 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2709 \begin_inset Index idx
2712 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2713 Reconfiguration of LyX
2719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2722 Installing new LaTeX files
2723 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2730 manual for more information on installing needed packages.
2733 \begin_layout Standard
2734 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
2737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2742 Some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules are incompatible.
2743 LyX will advise you about these things.
2751 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2755 \begin_layout Standard
2756 Each class has a default set of options.
2757 Here's a quick table describing them:
2760 \begin_layout Standard
2761 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2767 \begin_layout Standard
2769 \begin_inset Tabular
2770 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2771 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
2772 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2773 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2774 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2775 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2776 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2787 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2987 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3005 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3114 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3117 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
3190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
3208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3230 \begin_layout Standard
3231 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
3237 \begin_layout Standard
3238 You're probably also wondering what
3239 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3243 \begin_inset space ~
3247 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3251 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
3252 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
3257 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
3262 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
3272 headings, there are also
3280 headings, and so on.
3281 We'll describe these headings fully in section
3282 \begin_inset space ~
3286 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3288 reference "sub:Headings"
3295 \begin_layout Subsection
3297 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3299 name "sub:Document-Layout"
3304 \begin_inset Index idx
3307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3316 \begin_inset Index idx
3319 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3328 \begin_layout Standard
3329 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
3331 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3342 \begin_inset space ~
3347 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
3349 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
3350 to use for your document.
3351 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
3355 \begin_layout Standard
3362 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3368 \begin_inset space ~
3373 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
3374 You can choose between the following five options:
3377 \begin_layout Labeling
3378 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3383 Use default page style of current class.
3386 \begin_layout Labeling
3387 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3392 No page numbers or headings.
3395 \begin_layout Labeling
3396 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3404 \begin_layout Labeling
3405 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3410 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3411 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3412 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3415 \begin_layout Labeling
3416 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3421 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3427 \begin_inset Index idx
3430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3431 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3437 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3438 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3440 Check the documentation for the
3444 package for more details,
3445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3454 \begin_layout Standard
3459 of paragraphs is described in section
3460 \begin_inset space ~
3464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3466 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3473 \begin_layout Subsection
3474 Paper Size and Orientation
3475 \begin_inset Index idx
3478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3479 Document ! Paper size
3485 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3487 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3494 \begin_layout Standard
3495 You'll find the following options in the menu
3498 \begin_inset space ~
3503 of the dialog of the
3505 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3511 \begin_inset Index idx
3514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3523 \begin_layout Labeling
3524 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3528 \begin_inset space ~
3533 What size paper to print on.
3537 \begin_layout Itemize
3543 \begin_layout Itemize
3553 \begin_layout Itemize
3559 \begin_layout Itemize
3565 \begin_layout Itemize
3571 \begin_layout Itemize
3577 \begin_layout Itemize
3583 \begin_layout Labeling
3584 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3589 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3600 \begin_layout Labeling
3601 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3605 \begin_inset space ~
3610 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3611 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3614 \begin_layout Subsection
3616 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3623 \begin_inset Index idx
3626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3633 \begin_inset Index idx
3636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3645 \begin_layout Standard
3646 Paper margins are set in the menu
3648 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3652 \begin_inset Index idx
3655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3664 \begin_layout Standard
3665 If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
3666 Because KOMA-Script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3667 the paper format and the font size into account.
3670 \begin_layout Subsection
3674 \begin_layout Standard
3675 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3680 That includes the paragraph environments.
3681 Some paragraph environments are standard, in so far as all of the document
3682 classes have them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3683 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX will mark the
3684 paragraphs whose styles it no longer understands as
3685 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3689 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3693 The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
3695 But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
3696 will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
3697 paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
3700 \begin_layout Section
3701 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3702 \begin_inset Index idx
3705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3706 Paragraph ! Indentation
3714 \begin_layout Subsection
3716 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3718 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3725 \begin_layout Standard
3726 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3727 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3730 \begin_layout Standard
3731 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3732 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3733 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3734 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3738 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3744 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3745 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3746 language than English.
3747 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3750 \begin_layout Standard
3751 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3752 and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
3754 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3755 LyX takes care of that.
3756 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3758 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3759 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3760 of a page, and so on.
3764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3765 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3770 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3771 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3775 of these pre-coded spacings.
3776 We'll explain more later.
3779 \begin_layout Subsection
3780 Paragraph Separation
3781 \begin_inset Index idx
3784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3785 Paragraph ! Separation
3793 \begin_layout Standard
3794 To separate paragraphs, select
3805 \begin_inset space ~
3812 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3816 \begin_inset Index idx
3819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3825 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3826 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3827 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3830 \begin_layout Standard
3840 \begin_layout Standard
3841 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3842 \begin_inset space ~
3846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3848 reference "cap:Units"
3853 The default length is 30
3854 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3860 \begin_layout Subsection
3864 \begin_layout Standard
3865 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3868 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3870 \begin_inset space ~
3875 dialog and toggle the
3878 \begin_inset space ~
3883 option to change the state of the current paragraph (shortcut
3886 arg "paragraph-params \\indent-toggle"
3890 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3891 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3895 \begin_layout Standard
3896 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3897 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3900 \begin_layout Subsection
3902 \begin_inset Index idx
3905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3906 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3914 \begin_layout Standard
3917 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3921 \begin_inset Index idx
3924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3933 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3936 \begin_inset space ~
3945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3946 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3951 \begin_inset Index idx
3954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3955 LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3960 installed to use this feature.
3968 \begin_layout Section
3969 Paragraph Environments
3970 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3972 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3977 \begin_inset Index idx
3980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3981 Paragraph ! Environments
3987 \begin_inset Index idx
3990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3991 Paragraph environments|(
3999 \begin_layout Subsection
4003 \begin_layout Standard
4004 Paragraph environments correspond to the
4007 \begin_layout Standard
4026 \begin_inset Newline newline
4029 command sequence in LaTeX files.
4030 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
4031 alien to you, we urge you to read the
4040 also contains many more examples than this section does.
4043 \begin_layout Standard
4044 A paragraph environment is simply a
4045 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4049 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4052 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
4053 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
4054 scheme, labels, and so on.
4055 Additionally, you can
4056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4063 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
4064 to inherit some of the properties of another.
4065 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
4066 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
4067 days of typewriters.
4068 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
4070 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
4073 \begin_layout Standard
4074 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
4075 \begin_inset Graphics
4076 filename ../../doc/clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
4082 at the left end of the toolbar.
4083 LyX will change the environment of the
4087 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
4088 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
4089 you select them before choosing the new environment.
4093 \begin_layout Standard
4102 create a new paragraph using the
4106 paragraph environment.
4108 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4112 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4115 because if you are in one of these environments:
4118 \begin_layout Itemize
4124 \begin_layout Itemize
4130 \begin_layout Itemize
4136 \begin_layout Itemize
4142 \begin_layout Itemize
4148 \begin_layout Itemize
4154 \begin_layout Itemize
4160 \begin_layout Standard
4161 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
4165 , rather than resetting it to
4170 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
4171 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
4172 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
4173 \begin_inset space ~
4177 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4179 reference "sec:Nesting"
4184 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
4189 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
4190 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
4194 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
4200 \begin_layout Subsection
4204 \begin_layout Standard
4205 The default paragraph environment is
4210 It creates a plain paragraph.
4211 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
4212 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
4213 this manual) are in the
4220 \begin_layout Standard
4221 You can nest a paragraph using the
4225 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
4233 \begin_layout Subsection
4235 \begin_inset Index idx
4238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4247 \begin_layout Standard
4248 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
4250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4257 for thanks or contact information.
4258 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
4259 page along with today's date.
4260 For other types of documents, the title
4261 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4268 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
4272 \begin_layout Standard
4273 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
4287 Here's how you use them:
4290 \begin_layout Itemize
4291 Put the title of your document in the
4298 \begin_layout Itemize
4299 Put the author name in the
4306 \begin_layout Itemize
4307 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
4308 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
4314 Note that using this environment is optional.
4315 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
4316 If you don't want any date, add the line
4317 \begin_inset Newline newline
4327 \begin_inset Newline newline
4330 to the preamble of your document (menu
4332 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4338 \begin_layout Standard
4339 You can use footnotes to insert
4340 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4344 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4347 or contact information.
4350 \begin_layout Subsection
4352 \begin_inset Index idx
4355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4362 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4371 \begin_layout Standard
4372 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
4373 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
4376 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4378 \begin_inset Index idx
4381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4382 Section headings ! Numbered
4390 \begin_layout Standard
4391 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
4395 \begin_layout Enumerate
4401 \begin_layout Enumerate
4407 \begin_layout Enumerate
4413 \begin_layout Enumerate
4419 \begin_layout Enumerate
4425 \begin_layout Enumerate
4431 \begin_layout Enumerate
4437 \begin_layout Standard
4438 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4439 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4440 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4443 \begin_layout Standard
4444 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4445 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4446 You group the book into chapters.
4447 LyX does similar grouping:
4450 \begin_layout Itemize
4455 is divided in either
4466 \begin_layout Itemize
4478 \begin_layout Itemize
4490 \begin_layout Itemize
4502 \begin_layout Itemize
4514 \begin_layout Itemize
4526 \begin_layout Standard
4527 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4535 Not all document types use the
4539 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4544 is the top-level heading.
4552 \begin_layout Standard
4557 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4558 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4560 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4562 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4566 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4572 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4574 \begin_inset Index idx
4577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4578 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4586 \begin_layout Standard
4587 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4591 \begin_layout Enumerate
4597 \begin_layout Enumerate
4603 \begin_layout Enumerate
4609 \begin_layout Enumerate
4615 \begin_layout Enumerate
4621 \begin_layout Standard
4623 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4627 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4630 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4631 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4632 table of contents, see section
4633 \begin_inset space ~
4637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4646 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4647 Changing the Numbering
4648 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4650 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4657 \begin_layout Standard
4658 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4659 in the Table of Contents.
4660 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4662 Certain classes start with
4676 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4686 This is something you can change.
4689 \begin_layout Standard
4692 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4698 \begin_inset Index idx
4701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4712 \begin_inset space ~
4716 \begin_inset space ~
4721 you'll see two counters.
4726 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4728 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4732 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4733 Short Titles of Headings
4734 \begin_inset Index idx
4737 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4738 Section headings ! Short titles
4744 \begin_inset Argument
4747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4754 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4756 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4763 \begin_layout Standard
4764 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4765 This can cause trouble when there is limited horizontal space.
4766 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4767 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4770 \begin_layout Standard
4771 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4772 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4773 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4774 To specify a short title, use the menu
4776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4778 \begin_inset space ~
4784 This will insert a box labeled
4785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4793 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4800 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4801 This also works for captions inside floats.
4804 \begin_layout Standard
4805 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4808 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4812 \begin_layout Standard
4813 The following information applies to all section headings:
4816 \begin_layout Itemize
4817 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4820 \begin_layout Itemize
4821 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4824 \begin_layout Itemize
4825 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4828 \begin_layout Itemize
4829 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4832 \begin_layout Subsection
4833 Quotes and Poetry line spacing
4836 \begin_layout Standard
4837 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4851 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4852 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4853 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4854 the text they contain.
4855 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4863 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4866 \begin_layout Standard
4867 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4876 when you start a new paragraph.
4877 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4881 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4882 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4883 to change back to the
4887 environment yourself.
4890 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4900 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4907 \begin_inset Index idx
4910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4919 \begin_layout Standard
4920 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4921 time for the differences.
4930 are identical except for one difference:
4934 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4943 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4946 \begin_layout Standard
4947 Here's an example of the
4960 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4962 See – no indentation!
4966 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4967 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4968 the other paragraph.
4971 \begin_layout Standard
4972 Here's another example, this time in the
4979 \begin_layout Quotation
4985 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4986 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4987 the first line, then
4991 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4995 you were quoting other text.
4998 \begin_layout Quotation
4999 Here's a new paragraph.
5000 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
5001 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
5004 \begin_layout Standard
5005 As the examples show,
5009 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
5010 They should put quotes in the
5015 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
5019 paragraph environment for quoted text.
5022 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5028 \begin_inset Index idx
5031 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5040 \begin_inset Index idx
5043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5050 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5059 \begin_layout Standard
5064 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
5070 \begin_inset Newline newline
5073 Which I did not rehearse!
5077 It could be much worse.
5078 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
5080 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
5081 indented a bit more than the first.
5082 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
5088 \begin_inset Newline newline
5091 And make things look fine
5092 \begin_inset Newline newline
5098 arg "newline-insert newline"
5104 \begin_layout Standard
5109 does not indent both margins.
5110 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
5111 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
5118 arg "newline-insert newline"
5124 \begin_layout Subsection
5126 \begin_inset Index idx
5129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5145 \begin_layout Standard
5146 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
5156 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
5165 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
5166 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
5167 some general features of all four of them.
5170 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5174 \begin_layout Standard
5175 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
5177 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
5186 reset the environment to
5190 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
5191 The nesting depth is hereby kept.
5192 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
5196 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
5199 to break paragraphs.
5202 \begin_layout Standard
5203 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
5204 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
5206 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
5207 you read all of section
5208 \begin_inset space ~
5212 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5214 reference "sec:Nesting"
5222 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5228 \begin_inset Index idx
5231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5238 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5247 \begin_layout Standard
5248 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
5252 paragraph environment.
5253 It has the following properties:
5256 \begin_layout Itemize
5257 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
5261 \begin_layout Itemize
5262 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
5265 \begin_layout Itemize
5266 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
5270 \begin_layout Itemize
5271 The items can have any length.
5272 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
5273 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
5280 \begin_layout Itemize
5285 environment inside another
5289 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
5293 \begin_layout Itemize
5294 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
5297 \begin_layout Itemize
5298 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
5301 \begin_layout Itemize
5303 \begin_inset space ~
5307 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5309 reference "sec:Nesting"
5313 for a full explanation of nesting.
5317 \begin_layout Standard
5318 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
5327 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
5330 \begin_layout Standard
5331 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
5332 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
5335 \begin_layout Itemize
5336 The label for the first level
5340 is a large black dot, or bullet.
5344 \begin_layout Itemize
5345 The label for the second level is a dash.
5349 \begin_layout Itemize
5350 The label for the third is an asterisk.
5354 \begin_layout Itemize
5355 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
5359 \begin_layout Itemize
5360 Back out to the third level.
5364 \begin_layout Itemize
5365 Back to the second level.
5369 \begin_layout Itemize
5370 Back to the outermost level.
5373 \begin_layout Standard
5374 These are the default labels for an
5379 You can customize these labels in the
5381 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5384 dialog in the submenu
5391 \begin_inset Index idx
5394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5403 \begin_layout Standard
5404 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
5405 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
5407 \begin_inset space ~
5411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5413 reference "sec:Nesting"
5420 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5426 \begin_inset Index idx
5429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5438 name "sec:Enumerate"
5445 \begin_layout Standard
5450 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5451 It has these properties:
5454 \begin_layout Enumerate
5455 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5459 \begin_layout Enumerate
5460 The label type depends on the nesting depth.
5464 \begin_layout Enumerate
5465 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5468 \begin_layout Enumerate
5473 environment resets the counter to one.
5476 \begin_layout Enumerate
5489 \begin_layout Enumerate
5490 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5491 Items can have any length.
5494 \begin_layout Enumerate
5495 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5498 \begin_layout Enumerate
5499 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5502 \begin_layout Enumerate
5503 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5507 \begin_layout Standard
5516 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5517 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5524 \begin_layout Enumerate
5525 The first level of an
5529 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5533 \begin_layout Enumerate
5534 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5538 \begin_layout Enumerate
5539 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5543 \begin_layout Enumerate
5544 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5547 \begin_layout Enumerate
5548 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5553 \begin_layout Enumerate
5554 Back to the third level
5558 \begin_layout Enumerate
5559 Back to the second level.
5563 \begin_layout Enumerate
5564 Back to the outermost level.
5567 \begin_layout Standard
5568 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5573 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5578 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5582 \begin_layout Standard
5583 There is more to nesting
5587 environments than we've stated here.
5588 You should read section
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn more about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5608 \begin_inset Index idx
5611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5620 \begin_layout Standard
5621 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5625 list has no fixed label.
5626 Instead, LyX uses the first
5627 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5631 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5634 of the first line as the label.
5638 \begin_layout Description
5639 Example: This is an example of the
5646 \begin_layout Standard
5647 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5651 \begin_layout Standard
5653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5660 it is meant that the first hit of the
5664 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5666 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5674 arg "space-insert protected"
5679 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5680 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5682 \begin_inset space ~
5688 \begin_inset space ~
5692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5694 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5698 for more info.) Here is an example:
5701 \begin_layout Description
5703 \begin_inset space ~
5706 Example: This one shows how to use a
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5721 \begin_layout Description
5722 Usage: You should use the
5726 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5727 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5729 It's not a good idea to use a
5733 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5734 You're better off using
5746 paragraphs into them.
5749 \begin_layout Description
5750 Nesting: You can nest
5754 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5758 \begin_layout Standard
5759 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5760 them from the first line.
5763 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5769 \begin_inset Index idx
5772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5781 \begin_layout Standard
5786 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5789 \begin_layout Standard
5790 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5798 When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
5803 environment is named
5815 \begin_layout Standard
5824 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5825 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5828 \begin_layout Labeling
5829 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5831 \begin_inset space ~
5834 labels LyX uses the first
5835 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5839 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5842 of each line as the item label.
5847 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5848 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5849 blank as described above.
5852 \begin_layout Labeling
5853 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5854 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5855 the body of the item text.
5856 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5857 label width plus a little extra space.
5861 \begin_layout Labeling
5862 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5864 \begin_inset space ~
5867 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5869 If the label width is larger, the label
5870 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5874 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5877 into the first line.
5878 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5879 margin of the rest of the item text.
5882 \begin_layout Labeling
5883 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5885 \begin_inset space ~
5888 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5893 environment have the same left margin.
5894 \begin_inset Newline newline
5897 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5900 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5902 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_inset space ~
5916 determines the default label width.
5917 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5919 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5923 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5926 multiple times instead.
5927 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5936 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5939 \begin_inset space ~
5944 every time you alter a label in a
5949 \begin_inset Newline newline
5952 The predefined default width is the length of
5953 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5962 \begin_inset Newline newline
5966 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5974 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5975 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5983 \begin_layout Standard
5988 environment the same way like the
5992 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5998 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
6002 \begin_layout Standard
6007 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
6009 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
6011 \begin_inset space ~
6015 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6017 reference "sec:Nesting"
6021 to learn about nesting.
6024 \begin_layout Standard
6025 There is yet another feature of the
6029 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
6031 You can use additional
6035 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
6040 are documented in section
6041 \begin_inset space ~
6045 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6047 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
6052 Here are some examples:
6053 \begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
6059 \begin_layout Labeling
6060 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6061 Left The default for
6068 \begin_layout Labeling
6069 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6070 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6077 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
6080 \begin_layout Labeling
6081 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
6082 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6086 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
6093 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
6096 \begin_layout Subsection
6098 \begin_inset Index idx
6101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6110 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6118 \begin_inset space ~
6126 \begin_layout Standard
6127 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
6135 \begin_inset space ~
6141 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
6142 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
6143 In contrast, you can use the
6150 \begin_inset space ~
6155 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
6156 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
6160 \begin_layout Standard
6161 Of course, you're not limited to using
6168 \begin_inset space ~
6177 \begin_inset space ~
6182 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
6183 some European academic papers.
6186 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6188 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6190 name "sec:Address-Usage"
6197 \begin_layout Standard
6202 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
6203 for the opening and signature in some countries.
6207 \begin_inset space ~
6212 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
6213 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
6214 Here's an example of each:
6217 \begin_layout Right Address
6219 \begin_inset Newline newline
6223 \begin_inset Newline newline
6227 \begin_inset Newline newline
6230 When is it? What is today?
6233 \begin_layout Standard
6237 \begin_inset space ~
6243 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
6244 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
6245 Here's an example of the
6252 \begin_layout Address
6254 \begin_inset Newline newline
6257 Where do I send this
6258 \begin_inset Newline newline
6261 Your post office and country
6264 \begin_layout Standard
6265 As you can see, both
6272 \begin_inset space ~
6277 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
6282 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
6288 This makes sense, since
6296 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
6297 Thus, you have to use
6304 arg "newline-insert newline"
6310 \begin_inset space ~
6313 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
6315 \begin_inset space ~
6324 menu) to start a new line in an
6331 \begin_inset space ~
6339 \begin_layout Subsection
6343 \begin_layout Standard
6344 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
6345 or list of references.
6346 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
6349 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6353 \begin_inset Index idx
6356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6365 \begin_layout Standard
6370 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
6371 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6372 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
6373 Also, don't bother trying to nest
6377 in anything else or vice versa.
6383 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
6384 The book document classes ignores the
6388 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
6392 in a letter document class.
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6400 environment does several things for you.
6401 First, it puts the centered label
6402 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6406 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6410 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
6412 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
6413 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
6414 the subsequent text.
6415 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
6416 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
6419 \begin_layout Standard
6420 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
6424 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6425 The new paragraph will still be in the
6430 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6431 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6434 \begin_layout Standard
6435 \begin_inset Float figure
6440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6442 \begin_inset Graphics
6443 filename ../../doc/clipart/Abstract.pdf
6450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6451 \begin_inset Caption
6453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6454 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6456 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6477 \begin_layout Standard
6478 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6482 environment, but since this document is in the
6483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6490 class, we can't do this.
6491 We inserted it therefore as figure
6492 \begin_inset space ~
6496 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6498 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6503 If you've never heard of an
6504 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6508 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6511 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6520 \begin_inset Index idx
6523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6530 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6532 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6539 \begin_layout Standard
6544 environment is used to list references.
6545 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6546 only use it at the end of the document.
6551 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6554 \begin_layout Standard
6555 When you first open a
6559 environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6560 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6564 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6568 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6572 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6575 depending on the document class.
6576 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6577 Each paragraph of the
6581 environment is a bibliography entry.
6586 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6587 Each new paragraph is still in the
6594 \begin_layout Standard
6595 There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
6596 by using a BibTeX database.
6597 For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
6598 phy handling, have a look at in section
6599 \begin_inset space ~
6603 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6605 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6612 \begin_layout Subsection
6616 \begin_inset Index idx
6619 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6620 Paragraph ! LyX code
6626 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6635 \begin_layout Standard
6640 environment is another LyX extension.
6641 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6646 key as a fixed whitespace;
6650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6662 \begin_inset space ~
6667 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6672 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6673 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6676 arg "newline-insert newline"
6693 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6694 So, when you finish using the
6698 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6699 Also, you can nest the
6703 environment inside of others.
6706 \begin_layout Standard
6707 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6710 \begin_layout Itemize
6714 arg "newline-insert newline"
6717 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
6718 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6722 \begin_inset space \space{}
6732 arg "newline-insert newline"
6738 \begin_layout Itemize
6742 arg "newline-insert newline"
6753 \begin_layout Itemize
6758 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6765 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 arg "space-insert protected"
6776 \begin_layout Itemize
6777 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6778 You must put at least one
6782 in any line you want blank.
6783 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6786 \begin_layout Itemize
6787 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6791 since that will insert
6796 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6799 arg "self-insert \""
6805 \begin_layout Standard
6809 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6813 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6817 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6821 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6825 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6826 printf("Hello World!
6831 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6835 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6839 \begin_layout Standard
6840 This is just the standard
6841 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6852 \begin_layout Standard
6857 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6858 rc-files, and so on.
6859 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6860 as if you used a typewriter.
6861 \begin_inset Index idx
6864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6865 Paragraph environments|)
6873 \begin_layout Section
6874 Nesting Environments
6875 \begin_inset Index idx
6878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6879 Nesting ! Environments
6885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6894 \begin_layout Subsection
6898 \begin_layout Standard
6899 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6901 This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
6903 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6905 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6907 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6911 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6917 \begin_layout Enumerate
6921 \begin_layout Enumerate
6926 \begin_layout Enumerate
6930 \begin_layout Enumerate
6935 \begin_layout Enumerate
6939 \begin_layout Standard
6940 You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6941 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6944 \begin_inset space ~
6948 \begin_inset space ~
6956 \begin_inset space ~
6960 \begin_inset space ~
6969 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6970 will tell you how far you are nested).
6971 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6972 \begin_inset Graphics
6973 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
6978 \begin_inset Graphics
6979 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
6983 or the convenient key bindings
6994 arg "depth-increment"
7000 arg "depth-decrement"
7003 to change the nesting level.
7004 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
7005 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
7009 \begin_layout Standard
7010 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
7011 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
7012 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
7013 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
7016 \begin_layout Standard
7017 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
7018 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
7020 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
7023 \begin_layout Subsection
7024 What You Can and Can't Nest
7027 \begin_layout Standard
7028 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
7029 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
7032 \begin_layout Standard
7033 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
7034 complicated than a simple yes or no.
7035 There are three types of paragraph environments:
7038 \begin_layout Itemize
7039 Completely unnestable
7042 \begin_layout Itemize
7043 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
7047 \begin_layout Itemize
7048 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
7054 environments have them:
7057 \begin_layout Description
7058 Unnestable Can't nest them.
7059 Can't nest into them.
7063 \begin_layout Itemize
7069 \begin_layout Itemize
7075 \begin_layout Itemize
7081 \begin_layout Itemize
7087 \begin_layout Itemize
7094 \begin_layout Description
7096 \begin_inset space ~
7099 Nestable You can nest them.
7100 You can nest other things into them.
7104 \begin_layout Itemize
7110 \begin_layout Itemize
7116 \begin_layout Itemize
7122 \begin_layout Itemize
7128 \begin_layout Itemize
7134 \begin_layout Itemize
7140 \begin_layout Itemize
7146 \begin_layout Itemize
7153 \begin_layout Description
7154 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
7155 You can't nest anything into them.
7159 \begin_layout Itemize
7165 \begin_layout Itemize
7171 \begin_layout Itemize
7177 \begin_layout Itemize
7183 \begin_layout Itemize
7189 \begin_layout Itemize
7195 \begin_layout Itemize
7201 \begin_layout Itemize
7207 \begin_layout Itemize
7213 \begin_layout Itemize
7219 \begin_layout Itemize
7225 \begin_layout Itemize
7231 \begin_layout Itemize
7237 \begin_layout Itemize
7241 \begin_inset space ~
7247 \begin_layout Itemize
7254 \begin_layout Standard
7255 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7263 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
7272 \begin_inset space ~
7276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
7280 \begin_inset space \space{}
7283 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
7284 well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
7285 section headings violate this.
7293 \begin_layout Subsection
7294 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
7295 \begin_inset Index idx
7298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7299 Nesting ! Tables etc.
7307 \begin_layout Standard
7308 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
7309 affected by nesting anyhow.
7313 \begin_layout Itemize
7317 \begin_layout Itemize
7321 \begin_layout Itemize
7325 \begin_layout Standard
7327 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
7330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7335 Figures and tables in
7339 are not affected by this.
7344 Have a look at section
7345 \begin_inset space ~
7349 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
7351 reference "sec:Floats"
7355 for more information about
7362 \begin_layout Standard
7363 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
7364 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
7368 \begin_layout Standard
7369 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
7370 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7374 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7377 of its own, it behaves just like a
7378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7385 paragraph environment.
7386 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
7390 \begin_layout Standard
7391 Here's an example with a table:
7394 \begin_layout Enumerate
7399 \begin_layout Enumerate
7400 This is (a) and it's nested.
7404 \begin_layout Standard
7405 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7413 \begin_inset Tabular
7414 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7415 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7416 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7417 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7457 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7501 \begin_layout Standard
7502 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7509 \begin_layout Enumerate
7511 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7515 \begin_layout Enumerate
7519 \begin_layout Standard
7520 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7523 \begin_layout Enumerate
7528 \begin_layout Enumerate
7529 This is (a) and it's nested.
7533 \begin_layout Standard
7534 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7540 \begin_layout Standard
7542 \begin_inset Tabular
7543 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7544 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7545 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7546 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7630 \begin_layout Standard
7631 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7637 \begin_layout Enumerate
7644 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7647 \begin_layout Enumerate
7651 \begin_layout Standard
7652 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7656 \begin_layout Standard
7657 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7659 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7662 \begin_layout Enumerate
7667 \begin_layout Enumerate
7668 This is (a) and it's nested.
7671 \begin_layout Standard
7672 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7678 \begin_layout Standard
7680 \begin_inset Tabular
7681 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7682 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
7683 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7684 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7704 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7707 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7768 \begin_layout Standard
7769 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7775 \begin_layout Enumerate
7777 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7785 \begin_layout Enumerate
7789 \begin_layout Standard
7790 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7796 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7797 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7801 \begin_layout Subsection
7802 Usage and General Features
7805 \begin_layout Standard
7806 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7808 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7812 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7815 is the innermost possible depth.
7816 Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
7819 \begin_layout Enumerate
7820 level #1 – outermost
7824 \begin_layout Enumerate
7829 \begin_layout Enumerate
7834 \begin_layout Enumerate
7839 \begin_layout Itemize
7844 \begin_layout Itemize
7853 \begin_layout Standard
7854 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7855 both of them in the example.
7856 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7866 For example, if we tried to nest another
7871 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7875 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7878 , we would get errors.
7881 \begin_layout Subsection
7883 \begin_inset Index idx
7886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7895 \begin_layout Standard
7896 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7897 We have several examples of nested environments.
7898 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7902 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7903 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7906 \begin_layout Labeling
7907 \labelwidthstring MMM
7908 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7917 \begin_layout Labeling
7918 \labelwidthstring MMM
7919 #2-a This is level #2.
7920 We created it by using
7923 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7929 arg "depth-increment"
7936 \begin_layout Labeling
7937 \labelwidthstring MMM
7938 #3-a This is level #3.
7939 This time, we just hit
7946 arg "depth-increment"
7950 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7954 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7960 arg "depth-increment"
7967 \begin_layout Standard
7972 environment, nested inside of
7973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7977 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7981 So, it's at level #4.
7982 We did this by hitting
7985 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
7991 arg "depth-increment"
7994 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7999 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
8015 \begin_layout Standard
8020 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
8023 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8029 \begin_layout Labeling
8030 \labelwidthstring MMM
8031 #4-a This is level #4.
8035 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8038 and changed the paragraph environment back to
8043 Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
8047 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
8052 keep nesting things inside
8053 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8057 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8064 \begin_layout Labeling
8065 \labelwidthstring MMM
8066 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8071 \begin_layout Labeling
8072 \labelwidthstring MMM
8073 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8074 and this is level #6.
8075 By now, you should know how we made these two.
8079 \begin_layout Labeling
8080 \labelwidthstring MMM
8081 #5-b Back to level #5.
8085 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8091 arg "depth-decrement"
8098 \begin_layout Labeling
8099 \labelwidthstring MMM
8103 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8109 arg "depth-decrement"
8112 , we're back at level #4.
8116 \begin_layout Labeling
8117 \labelwidthstring MMM
8118 #3-b Back to level #3.
8119 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
8123 \begin_layout Labeling
8124 \labelwidthstring MMM
8125 #2-b Back to level #2.
8130 \begin_layout Labeling
8131 \labelwidthstring MMM
8132 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
8133 After this sentence, we'll hit
8137 and change the paragraph environment back to
8144 \begin_layout Standard
8145 We could have also used the
8161 environment in place of the
8166 The example would have worked exactly the same.
8169 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8170 Example 2: Inheritance
8173 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8174 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
8177 \begin_layout LyX-Code
8186 arg "depth-increment"
8189 , after which, we'll change to the
8197 \begin_layout Enumerate
8202 environment, at level #2.
8205 \begin_layout Enumerate
8206 Notice how the nested
8210 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
8214 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
8218 \begin_layout Standard
8219 We ended this example by hitting
8224 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
8228 and reset the nesting depth by using
8231 arg "depth-decrement"
8237 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8238 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
8247 \begin_inset Argument
8250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8251 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
8259 \begin_layout Enumerate
8260 This is level #1, in an
8264 paragraph environment.
8265 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
8269 \begin_layout Enumerate
8274 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8280 arg "depth-increment"
8284 Now, what happens if we nest an
8288 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
8289 label be? An asterisk?
8293 \begin_layout Itemize
8303 environment, even though it's at level #3.
8304 So, its label is a bullet.
8305 (We got here by using
8308 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8314 arg "depth-increment"
8317 , then changing the environment to
8325 \begin_layout Itemize
8326 Here's level #4, produced using
8329 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8335 arg "depth-increment"
8339 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
8344 \begin_layout Enumerate
8345 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
8347 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
8352 Notice the type of numbering, it is
8356 , because we are in the
8365 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8384 \begin_layout Enumerate
8389 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
8390 type of numbering does LyX use?
8393 \begin_layout Enumerate
8394 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
8397 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8400 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
8403 \begin_layout Enumerate
8407 arg "depth-decrement"
8410 to decrease the depth after the next
8413 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8420 \begin_layout Enumerate
8422 Look what type of label LyX is using!
8426 \begin_layout Enumerate
8428 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
8429 numeral as the label.Why?
8432 \begin_layout Enumerate
8433 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
8442 Notice, however, that LyX
8446 reset the counter for the label.
8450 \begin_layout Enumerate
8454 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8460 arg "depth-decrement"
8463 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
8464 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
8465 into the twofold-nested
8473 \begin_layout Enumerate
8474 The same thing happens if we do another
8477 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8483 arg "depth-decrement"
8486 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
8489 \begin_layout Standard
8490 Lastly, we reset the environment to
8495 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8509 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8515 The same rule applies for the
8519 environment, as well.
8522 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8523 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8526 \begin_layout Enumerate
8527 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8528 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8529 same detail with how we did it.
8538 \begin_layout Standard
8546 arg "depth-increment"
8553 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8554 example in parentheses someplace.
8555 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8556 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8557 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8561 \begin_layout Enumerate
8566 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8571 Now we'll add verse.
8572 \begin_inset Newline newline
8575 It will get much worse.
8576 \begin_inset Newline newline
8586 arg "depth-increment"
8597 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8598 \begin_inset Newline newline
8601 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8602 \begin_inset Newline newline
8608 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8621 \begin_layout Standard
8622 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8628 \begin_layout Standard
8630 \begin_inset Tabular
8631 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8632 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
8633 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8634 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8654 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8657 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8723 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8733 arg "depth-increment"
8739 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8749 arg "depth-decrement"
8756 \begin_layout Enumerate
8761 : level #1) This is another item.
8762 Note that selecting a
8766 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8767 3 times to put the table inside the
8775 \begin_layout Quotation
8776 We're now ending the
8780 list and changing to
8785 We're still at level #1.
8786 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8787 The next set of paragraphs is a
8788 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8792 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8802 \begin_inset space ~
8807 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8811 for the letter body.
8815 arg "break-paragraph inverse"
8818 to preserve the depth.
8819 Remember that you need to use
8822 arg "newline-insert newline"
8825 to create multiple lines inside the
8832 \begin_inset space ~
8842 \begin_layout Right Address
8844 \begin_inset Newline newline
8847 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8848 \begin_inset Newline newline
8854 \begin_layout Address
8856 \begin_inset space ~
8862 \begin_layout Quotation
8863 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8864 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8867 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8868 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8869 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8870 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8871 as soon as possible.
8872 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8875 \begin_layout Quotation
8876 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8877 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8878 with your order, along with payment.
8881 \begin_layout Quotation
8882 We thank you again for your patience.
8885 \begin_layout Address
8887 \begin_inset Newline newline
8894 \begin_layout Quotation
8895 That ends that example!
8898 \begin_layout Standard
8899 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8900 just a few keystrokes.
8901 We could have easily nested an
8922 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8925 \begin_layout Section
8926 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8927 \begin_inset Index idx
8930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8939 \begin_layout Standard
8940 What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
8941 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8942 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8943 be broken at the end of a line.
8944 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8948 \begin_layout Subsection
8950 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8952 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8957 \begin_inset Index idx
8960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8969 \begin_layout Standard
8970 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8972 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8976 Further documentation is given in section
8977 \begin_inset Newline newline
8981 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8983 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8991 \begin_layout Standard
8992 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8993 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8997 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9001 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9005 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9007 reference "sec:Bibliography"
9012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9016 A protected space is set with
9018 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9019 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9023 \begin_inset space ~
9033 arg "space-insert protected"
9039 \begin_layout Subsection
9041 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9043 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9048 \begin_inset Index idx
9051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9052 Spacing ! Horizontal
9060 \begin_layout Standard
9061 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
9063 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9064 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9068 The length units are listed in Appendix
9069 \begin_inset space ~
9073 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9075 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9082 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9084 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9086 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
9091 \begin_inset Index idx
9094 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9103 \begin_layout Standard
9105 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9109 \begin_inset space \space{}
9112 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
9113 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
9114 \begin_inset space ~
9118 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9120 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
9125 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
9126 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
9129 arg "space-insert normal"
9135 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9137 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9139 name "sub:Thin-Space"
9144 \begin_inset Index idx
9147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9156 \begin_layout Standard
9158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9165 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
9166 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9174 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
9175 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
9176 inside abbreviations:
9181 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9185 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
9188 \begin_layout Standard
9189 or between values and units.
9190 Compare for example this:
9191 \begin_inset Newline newline
9195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9199 \begin_inset Newline newline
9205 \begin_layout Standard
9206 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
9208 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9209 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9211 \begin_inset space ~
9219 arg "space-insert thin"
9225 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9227 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9229 name "sub:More-Spaces"
9236 \begin_layout Standard
9237 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
9240 \begin_layout Description
9242 \begin_inset space ~
9246 \begin_inset space ~
9250 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9254 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
9258 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9261 Negative thin space between the arrows.
9264 \begin_layout Description
9266 \begin_inset space ~
9270 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9274 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9278 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
9282 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9286 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9289 em) space between the arrows.
9292 \begin_layout Description
9294 \begin_inset space ~
9298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9302 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9306 \begin_inset space \quad{}
9310 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9314 \begin_inset space ~
9318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9321 em) space between the arrows.
9324 \begin_layout Description
9326 \begin_inset space ~
9330 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9334 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9338 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
9342 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9346 \begin_inset space ~
9350 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9353 em) space between the arrows.
9356 \begin_layout Description
9358 \begin_inset space ~
9362 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9366 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
9371 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9375 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9378 cm space between the arrows.
9381 \begin_layout Standard
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9389 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
9393 lists the different space sizes.
9396 \begin_layout Standard
9397 \begin_inset Float table
9402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9404 \begin_inset Caption
9406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9409 name "tab:Width-of-the"
9413 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
9421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9423 \begin_inset Tabular
9424 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
9425 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
9426 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9427 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
9429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9467 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9491 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9510 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9513 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9515 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9525 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9528 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9539 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9554 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9567 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9582 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9595 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9610 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9623 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9644 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9650 \begin_inset Index idx
9653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9662 \begin_layout Standard
9663 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9664 in a uniform fashion.
9665 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9666 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9667 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9668 equally between themselves.
9672 \begin_layout Standard
9673 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9678 This is on the left side
9679 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9682 This is on the right
9688 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9692 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9701 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9705 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9709 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9716 That was an example in the
9722 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9726 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9730 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9733 is one in a standard paragraph.
9734 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9738 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9741 \begin_layout Standard
9742 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9745 \begin_inset space ~
9750 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9753 \begin_layout Standard
9755 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9759 \begin_inset space ~
9765 \begin_layout Standard
9767 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9771 \begin_inset space ~
9777 \begin_layout Standard
9779 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9783 \begin_inset space ~
9789 \begin_layout Standard
9791 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9795 \begin_inset space ~
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9803 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9807 \begin_inset space ~
9813 \begin_layout Standard
9815 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9819 \begin_inset space ~
9825 \begin_layout Standard
9826 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9834 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9838 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9839 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9840 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9844 option in the space dialog.
9852 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9854 \begin_inset Index idx
9857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9866 \begin_layout Standard
9867 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9869 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9873 \begin_inset space \space{}
9876 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9879 \begin_layout Standard
9880 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9883 What is correct English?:
9884 \begin_inset Newline newline
9888 \begin_inset Newline newline
9892 \begin_inset space ~
9895 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9896 \begin_inset Newline newline
9900 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9911 \begin_inset Newline newline
9915 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
9918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9926 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9932 \begin_layout Standard
9933 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9934 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9938 \begin_inset space ~
9942 \begin_inset space ~
9946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9950 To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
9952 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9953 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9957 In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
9959 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9963 \begin_inset space ~
9967 \begin_inset space ~
9971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9974 into the phantom inset (note the space after
9975 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9979 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9983 A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
9984 That is why it is named
9985 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9989 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9993 The normal phantom ouputs the width and heigth of the content as space,
9994 while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
9998 \begin_layout Subsection
10000 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10002 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
10007 \begin_inset Index idx
10010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10019 \begin_layout Standard
10020 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
10022 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10023 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10025 \begin_inset space ~
10031 There you find the following sizes:
10034 \begin_layout Standard
10047 are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
10052 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
10054 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10058 \begin_inset Index idx
10061 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10062 Document ! Settings
10067 for the paragraph separation.
10068 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
10079 \begin_layout Standard
10085 \begin_inset Index idx
10088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10094 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
10095 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
10097 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
10098 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
10107 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
10111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10116 s are described in section
10117 \begin_inset space ~
10121 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10123 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
10132 If there are several
10136 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
10137 You can therefore use
10141 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
10144 \begin_layout Standard
10149 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
10150 \begin_inset space ~
10154 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10156 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
10163 \begin_layout Standard
10164 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10174 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
10175 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
10187 \begin_layout Subsection
10188 Paragraph Alignment
10191 \begin_layout Standard
10192 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
10194 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10198 There are five possibilities:
10201 \begin_layout Itemize
10209 arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
10215 \begin_layout Itemize
10223 arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
10229 \begin_layout Itemize
10237 arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
10243 \begin_layout Itemize
10251 arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
10257 \begin_layout Itemize
10265 arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
10271 \begin_layout Standard
10272 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
10273 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
10274 the left and right margins.
10275 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
10278 \begin_layout Standard
10280 This paragraph is right aligned,
10283 \begin_layout Standard
10285 this one is centered,
10288 \begin_layout Standard
10290 this one is left aligned.
10293 \begin_layout Subsection
10295 \begin_inset Index idx
10298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10299 Page breaks ! Forced
10305 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10307 name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
10314 \begin_layout Standard
10315 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
10316 can force a page break where you want one.
10317 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
10318 Only if you use a lot of
10322 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
10325 \begin_layout Standard
10326 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished and
10327 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
10331 have to change the page breaking.
10334 \begin_layout Standard
10335 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
10337 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
10339 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10340 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10342 \begin_inset space ~
10348 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
10350 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10351 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10353 \begin_inset space ~
10358 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
10360 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
10361 on which only the last few lines are absent.
10364 \begin_layout Standard
10365 You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
10366 at the top of a page.
10367 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
10368 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
10369 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
10370 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
10372 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10374 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
10378 to learn more about
10385 \begin_layout Subsubsection
10387 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10389 name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
10394 \begin_inset Index idx
10397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10398 Page breaks ! Clear
10406 \begin_layout Standard
10407 Rather than forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is placed
10408 directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
10409 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
10410 unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
10411 it, if necessary by adding pages.
10414 \begin_layout Standard
10415 You can insert a clear page break with the menu
10417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10418 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10420 \begin_inset space ~
10426 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
10428 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10429 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10431 \begin_inset space ~
10435 \begin_inset space ~
10440 to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
10441 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
10444 \begin_layout Subsection
10446 \begin_inset Index idx
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10458 name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
10465 \begin_layout Standard
10466 Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
10468 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
10470 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10471 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10473 \begin_inset space ~
10477 \begin_inset space ~
10485 arg "newline-insert newline"
10489 Another type that is inserted via the menu
10491 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10492 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10494 \begin_inset space ~
10498 \begin_inset space ~
10503 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
10505 This is necessary to avoid
10506 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10510 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10513 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
10516 \begin_layout Standard
10517 You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
10518 LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
10519 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
10520 set a line break, e.
10521 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10525 \begin_inset space \space{}
10528 in a poem or for an address (see sections
10529 \begin_inset space ~
10533 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10535 reference "sec:Quote"
10540 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10542 reference "sec:Verse"
10547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10549 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
10556 \begin_layout Subsection
10558 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10560 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
10565 \begin_inset Index idx
10568 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10577 \begin_layout Standard
10579 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10590 \begin_layout Standard
10593 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10594 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10596 \begin_inset space ~
10601 you can insert horizontal lines.
10602 The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
10603 of the current text line or the paragraph.
10606 \begin_layout Standard
10608 \begin_inset CommandInset line
10619 \begin_layout Standard
10623 \begin_layout Section
10624 Characters and Symbols
10627 \begin_layout Standard
10628 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10629 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10630 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10634 \begin_inset space \space{}
10637 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10639 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10643 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10645 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10649 for information on how this is done.
10652 \begin_layout Standard
10653 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10658 dialog via the menu
10660 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10661 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10667 \begin_layout Standard
10668 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10676 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10677 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10678 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10686 \begin_layout Section
10687 Fonts and Text Styles
10688 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10690 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10697 \begin_layout Subsection
10699 \begin_inset Index idx
10702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10711 \begin_layout Standard
10712 There are two types of fonts:
10715 \begin_layout Description
10717 \begin_inset space ~
10721 \begin_inset Index idx
10724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10730 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.
10731 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10735 characters) in the font.
10736 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10737 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10738 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10739 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10740 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10741 Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
10742 to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
10743 \begin_inset Newline newline
10746 That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10747 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10748 That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
10749 sizes than at small ones.
10750 \begin_inset Newline newline
10764 \begin_inset space ~
10772 \begin_layout Description
10774 \begin_inset space ~
10778 \begin_inset Index idx
10781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10787 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10788 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10789 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10790 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10791 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10792 picture manipulation program.
10793 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10794 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10795 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10796 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10797 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10799 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
10800 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10801 \begin_inset Newline newline
10804 Bitmap fonts are named
10807 \begin_inset space ~
10812 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10815 \begin_layout Standard
10816 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10817 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10818 So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10819 That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
10820 use scalable fonts.
10823 \begin_layout Standard
10824 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10825 its document properties.
10828 \begin_layout Standard
10829 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10830 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10831 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10832 font to emphasize text, you use an
10833 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10837 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10841 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10842 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10846 \begin_layout Subsection
10847 Document Font and Font size
10848 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10850 name "sub:Document-Font"
10855 \begin_inset Index idx
10858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10865 \begin_inset Index idx
10868 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10877 \begin_layout Standard
10878 You can set the document fonts in the
10880 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10884 \begin_inset Index idx
10887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10888 Document ! Settings
10894 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10895 font shapes roman (serif),
10898 \begin_inset space ~
10910 \begin_layout Standard
10911 The possible options for the font include
10915 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10920 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10929 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10937 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10942 European Computer Modern
10945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10955 \begin_layout Standard
10964 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
10965 when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10970 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10973 \begin_inset space ~
10978 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10984 To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10985 There are three ways to use one:
10988 \begin_layout Itemize
10989 One way is to use the
10999 Virtual means that it
11000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11011 -glyphs from other fonts.
11012 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
11014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11018 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11022 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11026 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11034 Loading the LaTeX-package
11039 \begin_inset Index idx
11042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11043 LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
11048 with the document preamble line
11049 \begin_inset Newline newline
11056 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
11057 \begin_inset Newline newline
11062 will fix the guillemet problem.
11067 and that accented characters are not
11071 glyph, they are build of
11075 characters, the accent and the letter.
11076 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
11080 fonts for words with accented characters.
11081 If you search for example for the French word
11082 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11086 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11089 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
11091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11095 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11098 and not for the glyph
11099 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11103 \begin_inset space ~
11107 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11113 \begin_layout Itemize
11114 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
11118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11127 , consist of these three main font types
11130 \begin_inset space ~
11159 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
11163 \begin_inset space ~
11170 as typewriter font.
11171 \begin_inset Newline newline
11174 The differences between roman,
11177 \begin_inset space ~
11186 fonts are explained in section
11187 \begin_inset space ~
11191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11193 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11198 \begin_inset Newline newline
11205 was originally designed for newspapers.
11206 That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
11207 into the small newspaper columns.
11212 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
11215 \begin_layout Itemize
11216 The best solution is to use the
11225 These fonts were developed for the LaTeX community to replace
11229 as the default font.
11230 In most cases they look the same as
11238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11239 One difference is improved kerning for the
11252 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
11263 \begin_layout Standard
11264 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11267 For the font size there are four possible values:
11284 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
11287 \begin_layout Standard
11288 The font sizes are the
11293 That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
11294 used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
11295 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
11298 \begin_inset space ~
11304 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
11305 \begin_inset space ~
11309 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11311 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11318 \begin_layout Standard
11323 allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
11324 a font to display the script characters.
11328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11329 The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
11334 So this has no effect for the document language
11350 \begin_layout Standard
11351 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
11355 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
11358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11363 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
11367 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
11368 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
11369 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
11371 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11374 dialog, see section
11375 \begin_inset space ~
11379 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11381 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
11393 \begin_layout Subsection
11394 Using Different Character Styles
11395 \begin_inset Index idx
11398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11405 \begin_inset Index idx
11408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11417 \begin_layout Standard
11418 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
11419 certain paragraph environments.
11420 LyX supports two character styles,
11429 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
11433 \begin_layout Standard
11438 style, do one of the following:
11441 \begin_layout Itemize
11442 click on the toolbar button
11443 \begin_inset Graphics
11444 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
11451 \begin_layout Itemize
11452 use the key binding
11461 \begin_layout Standard
11462 These commands are all toggles.
11467 style is already active, they deactivate it.
11470 \begin_layout Standard
11471 One typically uses the
11475 style for proper names.
11477 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11484 is the original author of LyX.
11485 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11491 \begin_layout Standard
11492 A more widely used character style is the
11497 You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
11504 \begin_layout Itemize
11505 clicking on the toolbar button
11506 \begin_inset Graphics
11507 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
11514 \begin_layout Itemize
11515 using the keybindings
11524 \begin_layout Standard
11529 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
11530 es use a different font.
11533 \begin_layout Standard
11534 We've been using the
11538 style all over the place in this document.
11539 Here's one more example:
11542 \begin_layout Quotation
11545 Don't overuse character styles!
11548 \begin_layout Standard
11549 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
11550 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
11551 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
11552 the common tendency to overuse character style.
11556 \begin_layout Standard
11557 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
11565 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11567 \begin_inset space ~
11575 \begin_layout Subsection
11576 Fine-Tuning with the
11581 \begin_inset CommandInset label
11583 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
11588 \begin_inset Index idx
11591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11600 \begin_layout Standard
11601 There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
11602 LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
11603 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
11604 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
11605 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
11606 from ordinary dialog.
11609 \begin_layout Standard
11610 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
11611 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
11612 \begin_inset Newline newline
11615 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
11616 tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
11619 \begin_layout Standard
11620 To use custom character styles, open the
11622 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
11624 \begin_inset space ~
11630 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
11631 font property which you can choose.
11632 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
11635 \begin_inset space ~
11640 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11645 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11646 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11647 environments in a snap.
11650 \begin_layout Standard
11651 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11654 \begin_inset space ~
11666 \begin_layout Labeling
11667 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11673 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11677 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11681 The possible options are:
11685 \begin_layout Labeling
11686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11691 This is the Roman font family.
11692 Normally a serif font.
11693 It's also the default family.
11703 \begin_layout Labeling
11704 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11708 \begin_inset space ~
11715 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11727 \begin_layout Labeling
11728 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11735 This is the Typewriter font family.
11741 arg "font-typewriter"
11750 \begin_layout Labeling
11751 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11756 This corresponds to the print weight.
11761 \begin_layout Labeling
11762 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11767 This is the Medium font series.
11768 It's also the default series.
11771 \begin_layout Labeling
11772 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11779 This is the Bold font series.
11792 \begin_layout Labeling
11793 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11798 As the name implies.
11803 \begin_layout Labeling
11804 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11809 This is the Upright font shape.
11810 It's also the default shape.
11813 \begin_layout Labeling
11814 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11828 s the Italic font shape
11834 \begin_layout Labeling
11835 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11842 This is the Slanted font shape
11844 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11847 \begin_layout Labeling
11848 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11852 \begin_inset space ~
11859 This is the Small caps font shape
11866 \begin_layout Labeling
11867 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11872 Alters the size of the font.
11873 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11874 nal to the document font size.
11875 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11876 what you want to do.
11881 \begin_layout Labeling
11882 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11894 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11903 arg "font-size tiny"
11909 \begin_layout Labeling
11910 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11918 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11931 arg "font-size scriptsize"
11937 \begin_layout Labeling
11938 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11959 arg "font-size footnotesize"
11965 \begin_layout Labeling
11966 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11987 arg "font-size small"
11993 \begin_layout Labeling
11994 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12000 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12008 It's also the default size.
12012 arg "font-size normal"
12018 \begin_layout Labeling
12019 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12027 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12031 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12040 arg "font-size large"
12046 \begin_layout Labeling
12047 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12055 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12059 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12068 arg "font-size larger"
12074 \begin_layout Labeling
12075 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12096 arg "font-size largest"
12102 \begin_layout Labeling
12103 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12111 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12115 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12124 arg "font-size huge"
12130 \begin_layout Labeling
12131 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12139 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12143 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12152 arg "font-size giant"
12159 \begin_layout Standard
12164 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12165 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12166 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12167 — use that instead.
12168 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12171 \begin_layout Labeling
12172 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12177 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12182 \begin_layout Labeling
12183 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12190 This is text with emphasize on
12193 This might seem like the same as
12197 , but it is actually a bit different.
12203 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12205 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12208 \begin_layout Labeling
12209 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12216 This is text with Underbar on.
12222 arg "font-underline"
12228 \begin_inset Newline newline
12233 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
12234 when you couldn't change fonts.
12235 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12236 It's only included in LyX because some people
12240 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12243 \begin_layout Labeling
12244 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12251 This is text with Noun on.
12258 , this is a logical attribute.
12259 Normally it's equivalent to
12262 \begin_inset space ~
12271 \begin_layout Labeling
12272 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12277 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12278 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12282 \begin_inset space ~
12287 , which is the default
12288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12295 and means normally black, you can choose between
12328 \begin_inset Index idx
12331 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12340 \begin_layout Labeling
12341 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12346 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12347 the language of the document.
12348 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12352 \begin_layout Standard
12353 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12354 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12356 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12358 \begin_inset space ~
12363 dialog, the settings are saved.
12364 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12365 \begin_inset Graphics
12366 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
12371 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12372 when the dialog isn't visible.
12376 \begin_layout Standard
12377 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12384 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12385 (suppose you just set the shape to
12386 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12394 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12404 \begin_inset space ~
12416 \begin_layout Standard
12417 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12425 \begin_inset space ~
12437 \begin_layout Itemize
12443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12450 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12455 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12463 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12468 \begin_inset Newline newline
12472 \begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
12475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12486 \begin_inset Note Note
12489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12490 For more on phantoms see section
12491 \begin_inset space ~
12495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12497 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12507 \begin_inset Newline newline
12513 \begin_layout Itemize
12518 fonts use characters with serifs.
12519 These are the small
12520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12524 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12527 at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
12528 The following example will show the difference:
12529 \begin_inset Newline newline
12533 \begin_inset Newline newline
12538 text without serifs
12541 \begin_inset Newline newline
12544 Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
12545 These fonts are therefore used as default (named
12552 \begin_layout Itemize
12558 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12559 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12562 \begin_layout Standard
12563 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12564 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12567 \begin_layout Section
12568 Printing and Previewing
12571 \begin_layout Subsection
12575 \begin_layout Standard
12576 Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12577 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12578 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12579 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12580 We cover this information in much greater detail in the
12582 Additional Features
12587 \begin_layout Standard
12588 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12589 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12590 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12591 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12592 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12593 This happens in two stages:
12596 \begin_layout Enumerate
12597 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12598 generating a file with the extension,
12599 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12613 \begin_layout Enumerate
12614 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12618 file to produce printable output.
12622 \begin_layout Subsection
12623 Output file formats
12624 \begin_inset Index idx
12627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12634 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12636 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12643 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12645 \begin_inset Index idx
12648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12649 File formats ! ASCII
12657 \begin_layout Standard
12658 This file type has the extension
12659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12671 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12675 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12676 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12682 \begin_layout Standard
12683 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12685 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12686 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12694 \begin_inset Index idx
12697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12698 File formats ! LaTeX
12706 \begin_layout Standard
12707 This file type has the extension
12708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12716 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12719 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12721 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12722 it manually with console commands.
12723 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12724 you view or export your document.
12727 \begin_layout Standard
12728 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12730 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12731 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12750 \begin_inset Index idx
12753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12762 \begin_layout Standard
12763 This file type has the extension
12764 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12772 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12781 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12784 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12785 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12786 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12790 \begin_layout Standard
12791 DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
12792 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12793 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12794 it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
12796 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12799 \begin_layout Standard
12800 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12802 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12803 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12809 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12811 \begin_inset Index idx
12814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12815 File formats ! PostScript
12823 \begin_layout Standard
12824 This file type has the extension
12825 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12833 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12837 PostScript was developed by the company
12841 as a printer language.
12842 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12844 PostScript can be seen as a
12845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12848 programming language
12849 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12852 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12857 When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
12863 \begin_inset Index idx
12866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12867 LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12877 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12880 \begin_layout Standard
12881 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12882 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12885 Encapsulated PostScript
12886 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12889 (EPS, file extension
12890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12902 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12903 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12905 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12908 images in your document, LyX has to do 50
12909 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
12912 conversions whenever you view or export your document.
12913 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12914 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12915 EPS to avoid this problem.
12918 \begin_layout Standard
12919 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12921 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12922 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12928 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12930 \begin_inset Index idx
12933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12940 \begin_inset Index idx
12943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12952 \begin_layout Standard
12953 This file type has the extension
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12967 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12970 Portable Document Format
12971 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12978 was derived from PostScript.
12979 It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
12981 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12985 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12988 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
12989 looks exactly the same.
12992 \begin_layout Standard
12993 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
12994 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12997 Joint Photographic Experts Group
12998 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13001 (JPG, file extension
13002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13010 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13014 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13022 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13026 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13029 Portable Network Graphics
13030 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13033 (PNG, file extension
13034 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13046 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13047 in the background to one of these formats.
13048 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13049 will slow down your workflow.
13050 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13053 \begin_layout Standard
13054 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13056 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13059 in three different ways:
13062 \begin_layout Description
13063 PDF This uses the program
13067 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13068 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13072 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13073 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13076 \begin_layout Description
13078 \begin_inset space ~
13081 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13085 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13089 \begin_layout Description
13091 \begin_inset space ~
13094 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13098 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13101 \begin_layout Standard
13102 We recommend to use
13105 \begin_inset space ~
13114 supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
13115 works without problems.
13120 is no longer under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13123 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13125 \begin_inset Index idx
13128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13129 FileFormats ! XHTML
13135 \begin_inset Index idx
13138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13147 \begin_layout Standard
13148 This file type has the extension
13149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13157 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13161 It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
13162 It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
13163 when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
13164 suitable for the purpose.
13165 Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
13166 it, but not all do.
13169 \begin_layout Standard
13170 XHTML output remains
13171 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13175 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13178 , and not all LyX features are supported yet.
13180 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13183 LyX and the World Wide Web
13184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13189 Additional Features
13191 manual, for more information.
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
13197 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13198 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13204 \begin_layout Subsection
13206 \begin_inset Index idx
13209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13218 \begin_layout Standard
13219 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13220 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13224 and choose a file type.
13225 A viewing program will pop up showing the output.
13228 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13231 you can use the toolbar button
13232 \begin_inset Graphics
13233 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13240 arg "buffer-view dvi"
13245 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13247 \begin_inset space ~
13253 \begin_inset Graphics
13254 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13260 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13264 \begin_inset Graphics
13265 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13272 arg "buffer-view ps"
13278 \begin_layout Standard
13279 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13280 viewer window using the menu
13282 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13288 \begin_layout Standard
13289 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13291 To have a real output, export your document.
13294 \begin_layout Subsection
13295 Printing the File from within LyX
13296 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13298 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
13307 it directly from within LyX.
13308 To print a file, select the menu
13310 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13313 or click on the toolbar button
13314 \begin_inset Graphics
13315 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
13320 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13321 This file is then processed by the program
13325 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13330 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13333 \begin_layout Standard
13334 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
13335 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13336 printing one set to print on the other side.
13337 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13338 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13339 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13342 \begin_layout Standard
13343 You can set the parameters in the
13346 \begin_inset space ~
13354 \begin_layout Labeling
13355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13360 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13365 Note that this printer name is for the program
13374 has to be configured for this printer name.
13375 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13376 \begin_inset space ~
13380 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13382 reference "sub:Printer"
13391 The printer should understand PostScript.
13394 \begin_layout Labeling
13395 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13400 The name of a file to print to.
13401 The output will be a PostScript file.
13402 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13406 \begin_layout Section
13407 A few Words about Typography
13408 \begin_inset Index idx
13411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13420 \begin_layout Subsection
13422 \begin_inset Index idx
13425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13434 \begin_layout Standard
13436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13444 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13447 character comes in four lengths: the
13459 , and the minus sign:
13460 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13466 \begin_layout Standard
13467 \begin_inset Tabular
13468 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
13469 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
13470 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13471 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13472 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
13473 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
13495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13502 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13503 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13533 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13542 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13569 \begin_inset space ~
13572 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13579 <row interlinespace="3mm">
13580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13604 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13606 \begin_inset space ~
13609 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13617 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13620 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13630 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
13641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13664 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
13670 \begin_layout Standard
13671 You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
13672 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13680 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13683 character multiple times in a row.
13684 They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
13685 the final output, but not in LyX.
13687 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13691 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13695 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13699 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13707 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
13711 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13717 \begin_layout Standard
13718 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13719 math mode and has a length of its own.
13720 Here are some examples of the
13721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13729 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13735 \begin_layout Enumerate
13736 line- and page-breaks
13737 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13747 \begin_layout Enumerate
13749 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13759 \begin_layout Enumerate
13760 Oh — there's a dash.
13761 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13771 \begin_layout Enumerate
13772 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13776 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13786 \begin_layout Subsection
13788 \begin_inset Index idx
13791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13798 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13800 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13807 \begin_layout Standard
13808 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13809 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13814 \begin_inset Index idx
13817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13818 LaTeX-packages ! babel
13823 following the rules of the document language
13827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13828 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13836 \begin_inset space ~
13840 \begin_inset space ~
13847 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13858 \begin_layout Standard
13859 LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
13864 font and with unusual constructs, like
13865 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13869 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13873 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13874 This is done with the menu
13876 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13877 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13879 \begin_inset space ~
13885 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13886 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13889 \begin_layout Standard
13890 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
13891 Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
13893 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13901 LaTeX would then see the hyphen
13902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13909 as a hyphenation possibility.
13910 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13911 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
13912 as described in section
13913 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13916 Prevent Hyphenation
13917 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13927 \begin_layout Subsection
13929 \begin_inset Index idx
13932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13941 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13942 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13945 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13952 \begin_layout Standard
13953 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13954 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13955 LaTeX then adds the
13956 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13959 appropriate amount of space
13960 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13964 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13966 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13969 \begin_layout Standard
13970 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
13971 not work in all cases.
13973 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13981 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13984 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13985 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13988 \begin_layout Standard
13989 Here are some examples of
13993 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13996 \begin_layout Itemize
14001 \begin_layout Itemize
14006 \begin_layout Standard
14007 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
14010 \begin_layout Itemize
14012 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14016 this is too much space!
14019 \begin_layout Itemize
14024 \begin_layout Standard
14025 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
14028 \begin_layout Standard
14029 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
14032 \begin_layout Enumerate
14036 \begin_inset space ~
14041 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
14042 \begin_inset space ~
14046 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14048 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
14053 \begin_inset Index idx
14056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14057 Spaces ! inter-word
14065 \begin_layout Enumerate
14069 \begin_inset space ~
14074 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
14075 \begin_inset space ~
14079 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14081 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
14086 \begin_inset Index idx
14089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14098 \begin_layout Enumerate
14102 \begin_inset space ~
14106 \begin_inset space ~
14110 \begin_inset space ~
14117 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14119 \begin_inset space ~
14124 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14125 This function is also bound to
14128 arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
14134 \begin_layout Standard
14135 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14138 \begin_layout Itemize
14140 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14144 \begin_inset space \space{}
14147 this is too much space!
14150 \begin_layout Itemize
14151 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14155 \begin_layout Standard
14156 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14157 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
14158 will take care of this.
14161 \begin_layout Standard
14162 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14166 \begin_inset space ~
14171 feature described in section
14177 Additional Features
14182 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14184 \begin_inset Index idx
14187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14188 Typography ! Quotes
14194 \begin_inset Index idx
14197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14228 \begin_layout Standard
14229 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14230 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14231 and use a closing quote at the end.
14233 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14237 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14241 The keyboard character,
14245 , generates this automatically.
14248 \begin_layout Standard
14249 You can change the behavior of the
14253 key using the submenu
14259 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14263 \begin_inset Index idx
14266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14267 Document ! Settings
14275 \begin_layout Standard
14276 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14281 There are six choices:
14284 \begin_layout Labeling
14285 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14297 Use quotes like this
14298 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14302 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14306 \begin_inset Quotes els
14310 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14316 \begin_layout Labeling
14317 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14320 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14324 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14330 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14334 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14338 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14344 \begin_layout Labeling
14345 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14348 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14352 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14358 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14362 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14366 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14370 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14376 \begin_layout Labeling
14377 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14380 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14384 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14390 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14394 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14398 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14402 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14408 \begin_layout Labeling
14409 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14412 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14416 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14422 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14426 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14430 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14434 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14440 \begin_layout Labeling
14441 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14444 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14448 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14454 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14458 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14462 \begin_inset Quotes als
14466 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14472 \begin_layout Standard
14473 These settings affect what character the
14480 \begin_layout Subsection
14482 \begin_inset Index idx
14485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14486 Typography ! Ligatures
14492 \begin_inset Index idx
14495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14524 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14526 name "sub:Ligatures"
14533 \begin_layout Standard
14534 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14535 print them as single characters.
14536 These groups are known as
14541 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14543 Here are the standard ligatures:
14546 \begin_layout Itemize
14550 \begin_layout Itemize
14554 \begin_layout Itemize
14558 \begin_layout Itemize
14562 \begin_layout Itemize
14566 \begin_layout Standard
14567 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14570 \begin_layout Standard
14571 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14572 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14573 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14577 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14580 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14581 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14585 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14596 To break a ligature, use
14598 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14599 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14601 \begin_inset space ~
14608 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14612 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14619 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14621 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14625 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14633 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14644 \begin_layout Subsection
14646 \begin_inset Index idx
14649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14658 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14665 \begin_layout Standard
14666 You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
14667 characters in different sizes and heights.
14668 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14669 as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
14670 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14685 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14689 \begin_inset Note Note
14692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14693 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14698 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14701 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14702 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14707 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14711 \begin_layout Description
14712 LyX The name of the game, write
14713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14728 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14734 \begin_layout Description
14735 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 \begin_layout Description
14758 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14759 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14774 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14780 \begin_layout Description
14781 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14782 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14797 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14803 \begin_layout Standard
14804 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14809 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14813 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14817 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14818 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14819 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14822 : The actual version is
14823 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14830 , the previous one was
14831 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14835 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14841 \begin_layout Standard
14842 If you don't want to use proper names, e.
14843 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14847 \begin_inset space \space{}
14850 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14852 This will look in LyX like:
14853 \begin_inset Graphics
14854 filename ../../doc/clipart/LaTeX.png
14860 \begin_inset Newline newline
14863 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14864 \begin_inset space ~
14868 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14870 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14877 \begin_layout Subsection
14879 \begin_inset Index idx
14882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14891 \begin_layout Standard
14892 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14893 space between two words.
14894 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14901 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14904 for units use the menu
14906 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14907 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14909 \begin_inset space ~
14917 arg "space-insert thin"
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14924 Here's an example to show the differences:
14927 \begin_layout Standard
14928 \begin_inset Tabular
14929 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14930 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
14931 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14932 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14939 \begin_inset space ~
14943 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14955 space between number and unit
14962 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14967 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14971 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14983 half space between number and unit
14996 \begin_layout Subsection
14998 \begin_inset Index idx
15001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15002 Typography ! Widows and orphans
15010 \begin_layout Standard
15011 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
15013 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
15014 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
15015 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
15016 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
15017 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
15018 These bits of text became known as
15029 \begin_layout Standard
15030 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
15031 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
15032 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
15033 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
15034 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
15035 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
15036 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
15039 \begin_layout Standard
15040 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
15041 or how you can tweak that behavior.
15042 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
15043 \begin_inset space ~
15047 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15049 key "latexcompanion"
15054 \begin_inset space ~
15058 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
15064 ] may have more information.
15065 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
15068 \begin_layout Chapter
15069 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
15070 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15072 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
15079 \begin_layout Standard
15080 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
15085 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15088 \begin_layout Section
15090 \begin_inset Index idx
15093 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15100 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15109 \begin_layout Standard
15110 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15113 \begin_layout Description
15115 \begin_inset space ~
15118 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15119 \begin_inset Newline newline
15123 \begin_inset Note Note
15126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15127 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15135 \begin_layout Description
15136 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15137 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15139 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15140 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15141 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15144 \begin_inset Newline newline
15148 \begin_inset Note Comment
15151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15152 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15160 \begin_layout Description
15162 \begin_inset space ~
15165 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15166 \begin_inset Newline newline
15170 \begin_inset Newline newline
15174 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15183 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15184 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15185 How this can be done is explained in the
15194 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15200 \begin_inset Newline newline
15204 \begin_inset Newline newline
15207 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15208 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15211 \begin_layout Standard
15212 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15213 \begin_inset Graphics
15214 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
15216 scaleBeforeRotation
15222 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15226 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15229 \begin_layout Section
15231 \begin_inset Index idx
15234 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15241 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15243 name "sec:Footnotes"
15250 \begin_layout Standard
15251 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15254 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15257 or the toolbar button
15258 \begin_inset Graphics
15259 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
15272 \begin_inset Graphics
15273 filename ../../doc/clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15282 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15292 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15300 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15311 label, the box will
15315 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15316 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15329 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15345 \begin_layout Standard
15346 Here's an example footnote:
15354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15355 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15363 \begin_layout Standard
15364 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15365 position where the footnote box is placed.
15366 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15367 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15368 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15369 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15370 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15375 ey are described in the
15382 \begin_layout Section
15384 \begin_inset Index idx
15387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15396 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15403 \begin_layout Standard
15404 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15405 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15407 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15409 \begin_inset space ~
15414 or the toolbar button
15415 \begin_inset Graphics
15416 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15436 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15440 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15443 appearing within your text.
15444 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15453 \begin_layout Standard
15454 At the side is an example marginal note.
15458 \begin_inset Marginal
15461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15462 This is a marginal note.
15470 \begin_layout Standard
15471 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15472 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
15473 pages, right on odd pages.
15476 \begin_layout Section
15477 Graphics and Images
15478 \begin_inset Index idx
15481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15488 \begin_inset Index idx
15491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15498 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15500 name "sec:Graphics"
15507 \begin_layout Standard
15508 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15509 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15510 \begin_inset Graphics
15511 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15517 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15521 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15524 \begin_layout Standard
15525 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15530 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15531 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15533 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15534 \begin_inset space ~
15538 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15540 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15547 \begin_layout Standard
15552 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15553 of the image in the output.
15554 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15558 \begin_inset space ~
15562 \begin_inset space ~
15571 \begin_inset space ~
15575 \begin_inset space ~
15579 \begin_inset space ~
15584 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15585 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15593 \begin_layout Standard
15596 LaTeX and LyX options
15598 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15599 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15603 \begin_inset space ~
15608 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15609 with the image size is printed.
15613 \begin_inset space ~
15617 \begin_inset space ~
15621 \begin_inset space ~
15626 is explained in the
15637 \begin_layout Standard
15638 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15639 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15641 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15645 \begin_layout Standard
15647 \begin_inset Graphics
15648 filename ../../doc/clipart/mobius.eps
15650 rotateOrigin center
15657 \begin_layout Standard
15658 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15659 the image into a float, see section
15660 \begin_inset space ~
15664 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15666 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15673 \begin_layout Subsection
15675 \begin_inset Index idx
15678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15685 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15687 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15694 \begin_layout Standard
15695 You can insert images in any known file format.
15696 But as we explained in section
15697 \begin_inset space ~
15701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15703 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15707 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15708 LyX uses therefore the program
15712 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15713 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15714 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15715 \begin_inset space ~
15719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15721 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15728 \begin_layout Standard
15729 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15732 \begin_layout Description
15734 \begin_inset space ~
15737 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15738 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
15739 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15740 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15743 Graphics Interchange Format
15744 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15747 (GIF, file extension
15748 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15756 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15760 \begin_inset Index idx
15763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15795 Portable Network Graphics
15796 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15799 (PNG, file extension
15800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15812 \begin_inset Index idx
15815 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15844 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15847 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15848 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15851 (JPG, file extension
15852 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15860 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15864 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15872 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15876 \begin_inset Index idx
15879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15910 \begin_layout Description
15912 \begin_inset space ~
15915 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15917 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15918 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15919 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15920 \begin_inset Newline newline
15923 Scalable image formats can be
15924 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15927 Scalable Vector Graphics
15928 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15931 (SVG, file extension
15932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15940 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15944 \begin_inset Index idx
15947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15963 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15976 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15979 Encapsulated PostScript
15980 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15983 (EPS, file extension
15984 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15996 \begin_inset Index idx
15999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16028 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16031 Portable Document Format
16032 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16035 (PDF, file extension
16036 \begin_inset Quotes eld
16044 \begin_inset Quotes erd
16048 \begin_inset Index idx
16051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16058 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
16059 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
16060 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
16065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16066 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
16074 \begin_layout Standard
16075 Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
16079 \begin_layout Subsection
16080 Grouping of Image Settings
16081 \begin_inset Index idx
16084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16085 Images ! Settings grouping
16093 \begin_layout Standard
16094 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16096 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16097 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16099 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16100 need to manually change each of them.
16104 \begin_layout Standard
16105 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16108 \begin_inset space ~
16113 field in the Graphics dialog.
16114 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16115 by checking the name of the desired group.
16118 \begin_layout Section
16120 \begin_inset Index idx
16123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16130 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16139 \begin_layout Standard
16140 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16141 \begin_inset Graphics
16142 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
16149 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16153 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16154 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16155 from the rest of the table.
16156 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16157 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16159 Here's an example table:
16162 \begin_layout Standard
16164 \begin_inset Tabular
16165 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16166 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
16167 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16168 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16169 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16170 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16199 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16208 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16219 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16222 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16266 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16306 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16309 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16344 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16347 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16370 \begin_layout Subsection
16374 \begin_layout Standard
16375 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16376 brings up the table dialog.
16377 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16378 where the cursor is placed currently.
16379 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16380 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16381 done on all of your selection.
16384 \begin_layout Standard
16385 Additionally to the table dialog, the
16388 \begin_inset space ~
16393 helps you in setting table properties.
16394 It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
16397 \begin_layout Standard
16401 \begin_inset space ~
16406 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16407 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16408 current cell respectively.
16409 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16411 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16412 of text, see section
16413 \begin_inset space ~
16417 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16419 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16426 \begin_layout Standard
16427 You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
16428 using the check box
16437 This will merge the cells to
16441 cell, spread over more than one column/row.
16442 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16443 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16444 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16445 in the last row without the upper border:
16448 \begin_layout Standard
16450 \begin_inset Tabular
16451 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16452 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
16453 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16454 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16455 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16456 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16467 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16476 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16485 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16514 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16517 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16523 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16526 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16532 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16552 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16587 \begin_layout Standard
16588 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16589 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16590 explained in the tables section of the
16593 \begin_inset space ~
16599 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16600 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16603 degrees counterclockwise.
16604 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16607 \begin_layout Standard
16608 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16616 Most DVI-viewers are
16620 able to display rotations.
16628 \begin_layout Standard
16633 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16638 adds lines for all cell borders.
16641 \begin_layout Subsection
16643 \begin_inset Index idx
16646 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16647 Tables ! Longtables
16653 \begin_inset Index idx
16656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16665 \begin_layout Standard
16666 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16669 \begin_inset space ~
16673 \begin_inset space ~
16682 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16683 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16686 \begin_layout Description
16691 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16692 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16693 except for the first page, if
16696 \begin_inset space ~
16704 \begin_layout Description
16708 \begin_inset space ~
16713 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16714 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16717 \begin_layout Description
16722 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16723 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16724 except for the last page, if
16727 \begin_inset space ~
16735 \begin_layout Description
16739 \begin_inset space ~
16744 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16745 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16748 \begin_layout Description
16749 Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
16750 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16752 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16756 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16759 \begin_inset space ~
16767 \begin_layout Standard
16768 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16769 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16770 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16771 The others will then be defined as
16776 In this context, first means first in this order:
16779 \begin_inset space ~
16791 \begin_inset space ~
16797 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16800 \begin_layout Standard
16802 \begin_inset Tabular
16803 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16804 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
16805 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16806 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16807 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16808 <row endfirsthead="true">
16809 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16815 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16820 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16823 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16829 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16839 <row endfirsthead="true">
16840 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16851 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16860 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16872 <row endhead="true">
16873 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16884 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16893 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16903 <row endhead="true">
16904 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16915 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16924 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16936 <row endfoot="true">
16937 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16940 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16948 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16957 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16979 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16988 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17072 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17081 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17084 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17092 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17103 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17247 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17267 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17270 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17340 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17351 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17371 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17382 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17402 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17526 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17529 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17557 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17560 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17577 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17580 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17599 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17602 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17619 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17661 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17664 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17692 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17723 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17726 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17732 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17743 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17805 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17847 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17929 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17938 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17947 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17958 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17978 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17981 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17989 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18000 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18009 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18020 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18051 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18082 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18113 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18144 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18175 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18206 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18226 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18229 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18237 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18268 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18288 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18291 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18299 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18310 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18319 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18330 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18350 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18361 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18372 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18375 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18392 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18423 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18454 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18485 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18496 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18516 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18527 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18530 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18547 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18578 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18589 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18592 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18598 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18609 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18629 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18640 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18671 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18682 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18685 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18702 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18722 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18733 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18744 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18764 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18775 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18784 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18795 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18826 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18837 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18846 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18857 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18877 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18880 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18888 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18918 <row endlastfoot="true">
18919 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18922 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18930 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18933 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18939 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18956 \begin_layout Subsection
18958 \begin_inset Index idx
18961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18968 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18970 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18977 \begin_layout Standard
18978 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18979 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18980 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18981 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18985 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18986 for the cell's paragraph.
18989 \begin_layout Standard
18990 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18991 for the column in the table dialog.
18992 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18993 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18997 \begin_layout Standard
18999 \begin_inset Tabular
19000 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
19001 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19002 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19003 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
19004 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19006 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19009 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19024 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19042 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19093 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19149 This is longer now.
19154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19205 This is a multi-line entry in a table.
19206 This is longer now.
19211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19237 \begin_layout Standard
19238 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19239 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19244 Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
19245 not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
19251 Selection with the mouse or with
19255 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19256 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19257 the selection from outside the table.
19260 \begin_layout Section
19262 \begin_inset Index idx
19265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19272 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19281 \begin_layout Standard
19282 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19283 have a fixed location.
19285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19292 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19300 \begin_inset space ~
19305 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19306 too many notes on the page.
19309 \begin_layout Standard
19310 Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
19311 Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
19312 and pages without text.
19313 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19314 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19315 Floats are therefore numbered.
19316 Referencing is described in section
19317 \begin_inset space ~
19321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19323 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19330 \begin_layout Standard
19331 To insert a float, use the menu
19333 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19337 A box with a caption that has e.
19338 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19342 \begin_inset space \space{}
19346 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19350 \begin_inset space ~
19354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19357 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19358 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19360 After the label you can insert the caption text.
19361 \begin_inset Index idx
19364 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19370 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19371 paragraph within the float.
19372 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19373 by left-clicking on the box label.
19374 A closed float box looks like this:
19375 \begin_inset Graphics
19376 filename ../../doc/clipart/floatQt4.png
19381 – a gray button with a red label.
19384 \begin_layout Standard
19385 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19386 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19389 \begin_layout Subsection
19393 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19395 \begin_inset Index idx
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 Floats ! Figure floats
19405 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19407 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19414 \begin_layout Standard
19417 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19418 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19421 inserts a float with the label
19422 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19428 \begin_inset space ~
19434 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19438 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19439 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19440 This is what we did for Figure
19441 \begin_inset space ~
19445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19447 reference "cap:Platypus"
19452 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19453 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19454 This was done in Figure
19455 \begin_inset space ~
19459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19461 reference "cap:Escher"
19468 \begin_layout Standard
19469 \begin_inset Float figure
19474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19476 \begin_inset Graphics
19477 filename ../../doc/clipart/platypus.eps
19479 rotateOrigin center
19486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19487 \begin_inset Caption
19489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19490 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19492 name "cap:Platypus"
19496 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 \begin_inset Float figure
19515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19516 \begin_inset Caption
19518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19519 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19536 \begin_inset Graphics
19537 filename ../../doc/clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19539 rotateOrigin center
19551 \begin_layout Standard
19552 This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19554 As described in section
19555 \begin_inset space ~
19559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19561 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19565 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19567 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19570 and refer to it using the menu
19572 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19576 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19578 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19582 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19585 , because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
19587 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19591 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19597 \begin_layout Standard
19598 Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
19599 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19600 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19601 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19603 \begin_inset space ~
19607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19609 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19613 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19614 You can also set the images one below the other.
19616 \begin_inset space ~
19620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19622 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19627 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19629 reference "fig:Platypus"
19633 are the subfigures.
19636 \begin_layout Standard
19637 \begin_inset Float figure
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19647 \begin_inset Float figure
19652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19653 \begin_inset Caption
19655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19656 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19658 name "fig:Undefinable"
19670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19671 \begin_inset Graphics
19672 filename ../../doc/clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19683 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19687 \begin_inset Float figure
19692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19693 \begin_inset Caption
19695 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19696 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19698 name "fig:Platypus"
19710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19711 \begin_inset Graphics
19712 filename ../../doc/clipart/platypus.eps
19724 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19730 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19731 \begin_inset Caption
19733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19734 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19736 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19740 Two distorted images.
19753 \begin_layout Standard
19754 Note that the caption is added to the
19757 \begin_inset space ~
19761 \begin_inset space ~
19766 as described in section
19767 \begin_inset space ~
19771 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19773 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19780 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19782 \begin_inset Index idx
19785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19786 Floats ! Table floats
19794 \begin_layout Standard
19795 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19797 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19798 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19802 They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
19805 \begin_inset space ~
19809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19811 reference "cap:Table-float"
19815 is an example of a table float.
19818 \begin_layout Standard
19819 \begin_inset Float table
19824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19825 \begin_inset Caption
19827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19830 name "cap:Table-float"
19842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 \begin_inset Tabular
19845 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19846 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
19847 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19848 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19849 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19851 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19854 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19887 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19925 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19976 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19997 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
20000 \end{array}\right]$
20008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20021 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
20042 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20044 \begin_inset Index idx
20047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20048 Floats ! Algorithm floats
20056 \begin_layout Standard
20057 This float type is inserted with the menu
20059 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20060 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20064 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
20065 A possible environment for algorithms is the
20069 , described in section
20070 \begin_inset space ~
20074 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20076 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20083 \begin_layout Standard
20084 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20092 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20098 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20101 \begin_layout Standard
20106 floatname{algorithm}{your
20107 \begin_inset space ~
20113 \begin_layout Standard
20114 to the document preamble (menu
20116 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20123 \begin_inset space ~
20129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20143 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20145 \begin_inset Index idx
20148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20149 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20157 \begin_layout Standard
20158 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20165 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20166 \begin_inset Graphics
20167 filename ../../doc/clipart/mobius.eps
20169 rotateOrigin center
20176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20177 \begin_inset Caption
20179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20180 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20182 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20186 This is a wrapped figure.
20187 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20200 This float type is used if you want to
20201 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20205 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20208 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20210 It can be inserted using the menu
20212 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20213 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20215 \begin_inset space ~
20220 if the LaTeX-package
20225 \begin_inset Index idx
20228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20229 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20239 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20242 \begin_inset space ~
20252 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20255 \begin_inset space ~
20259 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20261 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20265 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20266 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20274 Available units are explained in Appendix
20275 \begin_inset space ~
20279 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20281 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20290 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20294 \begin_layout Standard
20295 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20303 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
20304 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20308 \begin_inset space \space{}
20311 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
20312 that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
20321 \begin_layout Itemize
20322 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20323 That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
20324 place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
20325 page breaks will appear.
20328 \begin_layout Itemize
20329 Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
20330 where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
20333 \begin_layout Itemize
20334 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
20335 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20338 \begin_layout Itemize
20339 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20342 \begin_layout Subsection
20344 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20346 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20351 \begin_inset Index idx
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20363 \begin_layout Standard
20364 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20365 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20369 \begin_inset space ~
20377 \begin_layout Standard
20378 Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
20379 have a multicolumn document).
20380 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20383 \begin_inset space ~
20389 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20390 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20397 \begin_layout Standard
20398 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
20399 format is also the same: Table
20400 \begin_inset space ~
20404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20406 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20410 is an example of a rotated table float.
20413 \begin_layout Standard
20414 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20422 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20430 \begin_layout Standard
20431 \begin_inset Float table
20436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20437 \begin_inset Caption
20439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20440 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20442 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20456 \begin_inset Tabular
20457 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20458 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
20459 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20460 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20461 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20462 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20463 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20523 \begin_layout Subsection
20525 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20527 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20532 \begin_inset Index idx
20535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20544 \begin_layout Standard
20545 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20546 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20547 \begin_inset Newline newline
20553 \begin_inset space ~
20558 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20559 span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
20560 \begin_inset Newline newline
20566 \begin_inset space ~
20571 is used to rotate floats, see section
20572 \begin_inset space ~
20576 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20578 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20585 \begin_layout Standard
20586 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20587 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20590 \begin_inset space ~
20594 \begin_inset space ~
20602 \begin_layout Description
20604 \begin_inset space ~
20608 \begin_inset space ~
20611 possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
20614 \begin_layout Description
20616 \begin_inset space ~
20620 \begin_inset space ~
20623 page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
20626 \begin_layout Description
20628 \begin_inset space ~
20632 \begin_inset space ~
20635 page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
20638 \begin_layout Description
20640 \begin_inset space ~
20644 \begin_inset space ~
20647 floats: try to place the float at an own page
20650 \begin_layout Standard
20651 The order of the above option is
20656 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20660 \begin_inset space ~
20664 \begin_inset space ~
20672 \begin_inset space ~
20676 \begin_inset space ~
20681 , and then the others.
20682 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20684 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20685 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20688 \begin_layout Standard
20689 By default, each option has its own rules:
20692 \begin_layout Standard
20696 \begin_inset space ~
20700 \begin_inset space ~
20705 only floats occupying less than 70
20706 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20709 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20712 \begin_layout Standard
20716 \begin_inset space ~
20720 \begin_inset space ~
20725 : only floats occupying less than 30
20726 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20729 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20732 \begin_layout Standard
20736 \begin_inset space ~
20740 \begin_inset space ~
20745 : only if more than 50
20746 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20749 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20753 \begin_layout Standard
20754 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20758 \begin_inset space ~
20762 \begin_inset space ~
20770 \begin_layout Standard
20771 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20772 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20773 For this case you can use the option
20776 \begin_inset space ~
20782 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20784 Because the float is then no longer able to
20785 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20789 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20792 when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
20795 \begin_layout Standard
20796 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20797 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20800 \begin_layout Standard
20801 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20803 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20805 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20812 \begin_layout Section
20814 \begin_inset Index idx
20817 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20826 name "sec:Minipages"
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20836 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20837 \begin_inset space ~
20844 \begin_layout Standard
20845 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20847 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20851 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20852 and its alignment within the page.
20855 \begin_layout Standard
20857 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20867 height_special "totalheight"
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20873 This is a minipage.
20874 The text is set in an italic style.
20877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20880 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20881 another formatting.
20889 \begin_layout Standard
20890 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20893 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20897 as described in section
20898 \begin_inset space ~
20902 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20904 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20909 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20915 \begin_layout Standard
20916 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20926 height_special "totalheight"
20929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20930 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20931 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20937 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20941 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20951 height_special "totalheight"
20954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20955 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20956 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20964 \begin_layout Standard
20965 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20971 \begin_layout Standard
20972 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20973 to other box types.
20974 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20985 \begin_layout Chapter
20986 Mathematical Formulas
20987 \begin_inset Index idx
20990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20997 \begin_inset Index idx
21000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21029 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21031 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
21038 \begin_layout Standard
21039 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
21044 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
21047 \begin_layout Section
21049 \begin_inset Index idx
21052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21061 \begin_layout Standard
21062 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
21063 \begin_inset Graphics
21064 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
21069 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
21071 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
21072 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
21073 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
21075 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21086 \begin_inset space ~
21091 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21094 \begin_layout Standard
21095 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21096 line, like this one:
21099 \begin_layout Standard
21100 This is a line with an inline formula
21101 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21107 \begin_layout Standard
21108 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
21110 \begin_inset Formula \[
21115 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21119 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21121 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21125 \begin_inset space \space{}
21129 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21139 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21142 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21143 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21147 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21150 \begin_inset space ~
21158 \begin_layout Subsection
21159 Navigating in Formulas
21160 \begin_inset Index idx
21163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21172 \begin_layout Standard
21173 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21174 achieved with the arrow keys.
21175 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21176 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21181 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21182 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21186 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21190 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21193 \end{array}\right]$
21201 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21206 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21207 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21210 \begin_layout Standard
21215 , printed in this document as
21216 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21237 \begin_inset Note Note
21240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21241 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21242 space character (visible space).
21247 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21248 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21249 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21254 For example, if you want
21255 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21309 , since in the latter case only the
21312 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21317 will be under the square root sign:
21318 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21324 \begin_layout Standard
21325 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21327 \begin_inset Formula \[
21328 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21332 \end{array}\right)\]
21336 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21337 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21340 \begin_layout Subsection
21344 \begin_layout Standard
21345 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21346 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21350 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21351 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21352 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21353 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21354 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21357 \begin_layout Subsection
21358 Exponents and Subscripts
21359 \begin_inset Index idx
21362 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21369 \begin_inset Index idx
21372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21381 \begin_layout Standard
21382 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21383 way is to use a command.
21385 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21388 , type in a formula
21394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21410 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21416 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21420 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21441 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21443 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21447 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21450 , you have to use an extra
21454 to separate the hat and the character.
21456 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
21460 \begin_inset space \space{}
21464 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21485 Subscripts are similar: To get
21486 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21509 \begin_layout Subsection
21511 \begin_inset Index idx
21514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21523 \begin_layout Standard
21524 Create a fraction with either the command
21531 \begin_inset Graphics
21532 filename ../../images/math/frac.png
21540 \begin_inset space ~
21546 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21547 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21548 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21553 To move back up, press
21558 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21559 \begin_inset Formula \[
21560 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21563 \end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21570 \begin_layout Subsection
21572 \begin_inset Index idx
21575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21584 \begin_layout Standard
21585 Roots can be created using the
21588 \begin_inset space ~
21594 \begin_inset Graphics
21595 filename ../../images/math/sqrt.png
21618 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21624 produces always a square root.
21627 \begin_layout Subsection
21628 Operators with Limits
21629 \begin_inset Index idx
21632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21639 \begin_inset Index idx
21642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21649 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21651 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21658 \begin_layout Standard
21660 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21664 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21667 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21668 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21669 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21670 The sum operator will automatically place its
21671 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21675 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21678 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21681 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21685 \begin_inset Formula \[
21686 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21690 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21694 \begin_layout Standard
21695 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21697 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21698 behind the operator and hitting
21706 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21707 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21709 \begin_inset space ~
21713 \begin_inset space ~
21721 \begin_layout Standard
21722 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21723 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21730 feature as addition, such as
21731 \begin_inset Index idx
21734 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21741 \begin_inset Formula \[
21742 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21746 which will place the
21747 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21751 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21755 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21759 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21760 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21766 \begin_layout Standard
21767 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21774 Have a look at section
21775 \begin_inset space ~
21779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21781 reference "sub:Functions"
21785 for an explanation of function macros.
21788 \begin_layout Subsection
21790 \begin_inset Index idx
21793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21802 \begin_layout Standard
21803 Most math symbols can be found in the
21806 \begin_inset space ~
21811 under one of several categories; including
21828 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21832 \begin_layout Standard
21833 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21834 you don't have to use the
21837 \begin_inset space ~
21842 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21843 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21846 \begin_layout Subsection
21848 \begin_inset Index idx
21851 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21860 \begin_layout Standard
21861 You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
21866 arg "space-insert protected"
21872 \begin_inset space ~
21878 \begin_inset Graphics
21879 filename ../../images/math/space.png
21884 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21885 For example, the sequence
21890 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21894 \begin_inset Graphics
21895 filename ../../doc/clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21900 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21901 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21902 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21903 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
21905 Here are two examples:
21908 \begin_layout Standard
21918 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21924 \begin_layout Standard
21934 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21940 \begin_layout Subsection
21942 \begin_inset Index idx
21945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21952 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21954 name "sub:Functions"
21961 \begin_layout Standard
21965 \begin_inset space ~
21970 contains under the button
21971 \begin_inset Graphics
21972 filename ../../images/math/functions.png
21976 a number of function macros, such as
21977 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21981 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21989 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21996 Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
21997 avoid confusions, because
21998 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
22002 \begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
22008 \begin_layout Standard
22009 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
22011 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
22015 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
22021 \begin_layout Standard
22022 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
22023 s are placed, as described in section
22024 \begin_inset space ~
22028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22030 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
22037 \begin_layout Subsection
22039 \begin_inset Index idx
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22051 \begin_layout Standard
22052 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
22054 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
22055 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
22056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
22060 \begin_inset space \space{}
22064 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22067 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
22068 Our example is entered by typing
22076 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22089 \begin_inset space ~
22093 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22095 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
22099 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
22102 \begin_layout Standard
22103 \begin_inset Float table
22108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22109 \begin_inset Caption
22111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22114 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22118 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22128 \begin_inset Tabular
22129 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22130 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
22131 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22132 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22133 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22135 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22144 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22173 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22176 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22191 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22204 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22207 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22217 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22258 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22271 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22299 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22302 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22312 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22315 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22325 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22353 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22356 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22379 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22433 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22487 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22497 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22500 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22541 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22569 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22595 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22623 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22626 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22649 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22659 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22662 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22668 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22694 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22715 \begin_layout Standard
22716 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22719 \begin_inset space ~
22725 \begin_inset Graphics
22726 filename ../../images/math/hat.png
22730 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22734 \begin_layout Section
22735 Brackets and Delimiters
22736 \begin_inset Index idx
22739 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22746 \begin_inset Index idx
22749 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22756 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22758 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22765 \begin_layout Standard
22766 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22767 For most purposes, using just the keys
22772 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22773 or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
22774 toolbar delimiter icon
22775 \begin_inset Graphics
22776 filename ../../images/math/delim.png
22781 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22783 \begin_inset Formula \[
22784 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22787 \end{array}\right]\]
22791 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22792 \begin_inset Formula \[
22793 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22800 \begin_layout Standard
22801 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22802 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22805 \begin_layout Standard
22806 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22807 left side and right side.
22808 If you use the option
22811 \begin_inset space ~
22816 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22817 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22818 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22819 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22822 \begin_layout Standard
22823 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22824 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22825 inside the brackets.
22826 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22831 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22834 \begin_layout Section
22835 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22836 \begin_inset Index idx
22839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22846 \begin_inset Index idx
22849 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22856 \begin_inset Index idx
22859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22860 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22868 \begin_layout Standard
22869 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22872 \begin_inset space ~
22878 \begin_inset Graphics
22879 filename ../../images/math/matrix.png
22884 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22885 Here is an example:
22886 \begin_inset Formula \[
22887 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22891 \end{array}\right)\]
22895 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22896 \begin_inset space ~
22900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22902 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22907 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22908 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22909 This alignment is set in the box
22914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22946 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22951 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22959 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22962 for every column as default.
22963 For example, the sequence
22964 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22972 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22975 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22976 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22977 corresponds to the relevant column.
22978 The result will look like this:
22979 \begin_inset Formula \[
22981 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22982 column & has & has\, right\\
22983 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
22991 \begin_layout Standard
22992 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22995 arg "newline-insert newline"
22998 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22999 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
23001 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23004 or the math toolbar.
23007 \begin_layout Standard
23008 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
23009 It can be created with the menu
23011 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23012 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23014 \begin_inset space ~
23026 Here is an example:
23027 \begin_inset Formula \[
23039 \begin_layout Standard
23040 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23043 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23046 arg "newline-insert newline"
23050 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23055 arg "newline-insert newline"
23058 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23066 etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
23067 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23068 A new row is created by every further hit of
23071 arg "newline-insert newline"
23075 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23076 Here is an example:
23077 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23078 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23079 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
23084 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23085 where you want to start the shift and hit
23090 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23091 position to the next column.
23092 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23093 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23094 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23095 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23102 \begin_layout Standard
23103 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23110 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23111 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23112 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23114 reference "eq:asquared"
23119 The other types are described in section
23120 \begin_inset space ~
23124 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23126 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23133 \begin_layout Section
23134 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23135 \begin_inset Index idx
23138 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23139 Math ! Formula numbering
23145 \begin_inset Index idx
23148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23149 Math ! Referencing formulas
23155 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23157 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23164 \begin_layout Standard
23165 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23167 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23168 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23170 \begin_inset space ~
23178 arg "math-number-toggle"
23182 The formula number appears in LyX as
23183 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23187 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23190 within parentheses.
23192 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23196 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23199 denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23201 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23202 the document class.
23203 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23204 separated by a dot:
23205 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23206 1+1=2\end{equation}
23213 arg "math-number-toggle"
23216 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23217 You can only number displayed formulas.
23220 \begin_layout Standard
23221 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23223 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23224 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23226 \begin_inset space ~
23230 \begin_inset space ~
23234 \begin_inset space ~
23242 arg "math-number-line-toggle"
23245 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
23246 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23248 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23254 To number all lines use the shortcut
23257 arg "math-number-toggle"
23263 \begin_layout Standard
23264 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23267 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23268 A label is inserted with the menu
23270 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23273 when the cursor is in the formula.
23274 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23275 It is recommended to use the proposed
23276 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23284 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23287 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23288 type when you have many labels in your document.
23289 We inserted in the following example the label
23290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23297 in the second line:
23298 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23299 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23300 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
23305 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23306 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23308 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23312 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23316 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23318 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23320 \begin_inset space ~
23326 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23327 The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
23328 as the formula number:
23331 \begin_layout Standard
23332 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23333 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23335 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23342 \begin_layout Standard
23343 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23344 \begin_inset space ~
23348 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23350 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23355 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23358 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23361 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23374 \begin_layout Section
23375 User defined math macros
23376 \begin_inset Index idx
23379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23388 \begin_layout Standard
23389 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
23390 have equations of the same form in a document several times.
23391 Math macros are explained in section
23394 \begin_inset space ~
23406 \begin_layout Section
23410 \begin_layout Subsection
23412 \begin_inset Index idx
23415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23424 \begin_layout Standard
23425 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23426 To set a font in a formula, use the
23429 \begin_inset space ~
23435 \begin_inset Graphics
23436 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23440 , or enter its command, listed in table
23441 \begin_inset space ~
23445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23447 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23454 \begin_layout Standard
23455 \begin_inset Float table
23460 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23461 \begin_inset Caption
23463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23464 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23466 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23470 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23480 \begin_inset Tabular
23481 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23482 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
23483 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23484 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23516 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23543 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23570 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23603 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23611 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23630 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23653 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23656 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23657 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23691 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
23699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23714 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23718 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
23726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23752 \begin_layout Standard
23753 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
23756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23761 You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
23777 \begin_layout Standard
23778 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
23779 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
23784 within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
23785 space when you need a space in the box.
23786 Here an example where
23787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23791 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23798 denotes the set of numbers:
23799 \begin_inset Formula \[
23800 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
23807 \begin_layout Standard
23808 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
23810 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
23814 \begin_inset space \space{}
23826 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
23830 \begin_inset Newline newline
23833 So it is better not to use this feature.
23836 \begin_layout Standard
23837 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
23838 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
23842 \begin_inset Newline newline
23845 You can only print them emboldened using the command
23851 , which works like the other typeface commands:
23852 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
23858 \begin_layout Standard
23865 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
23868 \begin_layout Standard
23869 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
23871 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23872 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23874 \begin_inset space ~
23882 \begin_layout Subsection
23884 \begin_inset Index idx
23887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23896 \begin_layout Standard
23897 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
23899 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
23903 \begin_inset space ~
23907 \begin_inset space ~
23915 \begin_inset space ~
23921 \begin_inset Graphics
23922 filename ../../images/math/font.png
23933 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
23934 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
23935 Here is an example:
23936 \begin_inset Formula \[
23938 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
23939 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}
23947 \begin_layout Subsection
23949 \begin_inset Index idx
23952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23961 \begin_layout Standard
23962 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
23963 automatically chosen in most situations.
23981 For most characters,
23989 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
23990 and certain other structures, are set larger in
23995 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
23996 situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
23998 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
23999 \begin_inset Graphics
24000 filename ../../images/math/style.png
24005 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24006 For example, you can set
24007 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24010 , which is normally in
24019 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24023 The four styles are used in the following example:
24026 \begin_layout Standard
24027 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24031 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24035 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24039 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24045 \begin_layout Standard
24046 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24047 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24049 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24051 \begin_inset space ~
24056 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24057 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24058 will be adjusted to correspond.
24059 As an example here is a formula in the font size
24060 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24064 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24070 \begin_layout Standard
24074 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24080 \begin_layout Section
24084 \begin_layout Standard
24085 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24086 the document classes and into layout modules.
24087 \begin_inset Index idx
24090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24096 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24097 other than the AMS classes.
24099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24101 reference "sub:Modules"
24105 for more on layout modules.
24108 \begin_layout Section
24110 \begin_inset Index idx
24113 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24120 \begin_inset Index idx
24123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24132 \begin_layout Standard
24133 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24134 (AMS) that are in common use.
24137 \begin_layout Subsection
24138 Enabling AMS-Support
24141 \begin_layout Standard
24142 Selecting the checkbox
24145 \begin_inset space ~
24149 \begin_inset space ~
24153 \begin_inset space ~
24160 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24164 \begin_inset Index idx
24167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24168 Document ! Settings
24176 \begin_inset space ~
24181 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24183 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24184 formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
24187 \begin_layout Subsection
24189 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24191 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24196 \begin_inset Index idx
24199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24200 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24208 \begin_layout Standard
24209 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24210 LyX allows you to choose between
24231 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24234 \begin_layout Chapter
24238 \begin_layout Section
24240 \begin_inset Index idx
24243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24250 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24252 name "sec:Cross-References"
24259 \begin_layout Standard
24260 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24261 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24263 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24264 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24265 We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
24268 \begin_layout Enumerate
24272 \begin_layout Enumerate
24273 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24275 name "enu:Second-item"
24282 \begin_layout Enumerate
24286 \begin_layout Standard
24287 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24289 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24292 or by pressing the toolbar button
24293 \begin_inset Graphics
24294 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
24300 A grey label box like this:
24301 \begin_inset Graphics
24302 filename ../../doc/clipart/labelQt4.png
24307 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24308 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24310 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24318 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24323 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24331 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24339 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24343 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
24344 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24348 \begin_inset space \space{}
24351 if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
24352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24360 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24366 \begin_layout Standard
24367 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24369 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24372 or the toolbar button
24373 \begin_inset Graphics
24374 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24380 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24381 \begin_inset Graphics
24382 filename ../../doc/clipart/referenceQt4.png
24387 is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
24389 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24390 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24398 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24402 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24406 \begin_layout Standard
24409 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24412 , you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
24417 The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
24418 to the actual cursor position via the menu
24420 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24426 \begin_layout Standard
24427 Here is our cross-reference: Item
24428 \begin_inset space ~
24432 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24434 reference "enu:Second-item"
24441 \begin_layout Standard
24442 It is recommended to use a protected space
24446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24447 described in section
24448 \begin_inset space ~
24452 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24454 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24463 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24467 \begin_layout Standard
24468 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24471 \begin_layout Description
24472 <reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
24473 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24475 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24482 \begin_layout Description
24483 (<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
24484 normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
24486 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24490 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24496 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24503 \begin_layout Description
24504 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24505 \begin_inset space ~
24509 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24510 LatexCommand pageref
24511 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24518 \begin_layout Description
24520 \begin_inset space ~
24524 \begin_inset space ~
24527 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24528 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24529 LatexCommand vpageref
24530 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24537 \begin_layout Description
24539 \begin_inset space ~
24543 \begin_inset space ~
24547 \begin_inset space ~
24550 <page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24551 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24553 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24560 \begin_layout Description
24562 \begin_inset space ~
24565 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24566 \begin_inset Newline newline
24570 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24578 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24587 \begin_inset Index idx
24590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24591 LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24597 \begin_inset Index idx
24600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24601 LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
24614 \begin_layout Description
24616 \begin_inset space ~
24619 reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
24620 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24621 LatexCommand nameref
24622 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24629 \begin_layout Standard
24634 will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
24637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24641 \begin_inset space \space{}
24645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24653 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24659 <reference> on page <page>
24661 will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
24664 \begin_layout Standard
24665 The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
24666 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24667 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24671 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24675 \begin_layout Standard
24676 You can only use the style
24680 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24684 is always possible.
24687 \begin_layout Standard
24688 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
24689 for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
24691 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24692 \begin_inset space ~
24696 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24698 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24705 \begin_layout Standard
24706 Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
24710 \begin_inset space ~
24714 \begin_inset space ~
24719 sets the cursor before the referenced label.
24720 This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
24723 \begin_inset space ~
24728 so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24729 You can also go back with the toolbar button
24730 \begin_inset Graphics
24731 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
24732 rotateOrigin center
24739 \begin_layout Standard
24740 You can change labels at any time.
24741 References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
24742 do not need to take care about this.
24745 \begin_layout Standard
24746 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
24747 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24750 \begin_layout Standard
24751 References are described in detail in sec.
24752 \begin_inset space ~
24756 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24760 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24770 \begin_layout Section
24771 Table of Contents and other Listings
24772 \begin_inset Index idx
24775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24782 \begin_inset Index idx
24785 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24792 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24801 \begin_layout Subsection
24803 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24805 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
24812 \begin_layout Standard
24813 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
24815 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24816 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24818 \begin_inset space ~
24822 \begin_inset space ~
24828 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
24829 If you click on it, the
24833 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
24834 sections in your documents.
24835 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
24837 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24840 that is described in sec.
24841 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24845 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24847 reference "sec:Navigating"
24854 \begin_layout Standard
24855 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
24856 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
24858 \begin_inset space ~
24862 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24864 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
24868 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
24870 \begin_inset space ~
24874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24876 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
24880 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
24882 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
24885 \begin_layout Subsection
24886 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
24887 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24889 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
24896 \begin_layout Standard
24897 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
24898 You can insert them via the
24900 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24902 \begin_inset space ~
24906 \begin_inset space ~
24912 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
24915 \begin_layout Section
24916 URLs and Hyperlinks
24917 \begin_inset Index idx
24920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24927 \begin_inset Index idx
24930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24939 \begin_layout Subsection
24941 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24950 \begin_layout Standard
24951 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
24953 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24959 \begin_layout Standard
24960 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
24961 \begin_inset Flex URL
24964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24974 \begin_layout Standard
24975 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
24981 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
24985 \begin_layout Standard
24986 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24994 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25002 \begin_layout Subsection
25004 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25006 name "sub:Hyperlinks"
25013 \begin_layout Standard
25014 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25016 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25019 or with the toolbar button
25020 \begin_inset Graphics
25021 filename ../../images/href-insert.png
25026 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25035 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25036 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25037 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25039 name "LyX's homepage"
25040 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25044 , an Email address like this:
25045 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25047 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25048 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25053 , or a link to a file.
25056 \begin_layout Standard
25057 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25070 to the link target.
25073 \begin_layout Standard
25074 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25075 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25076 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25077 the text style dialog.
25078 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25082 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25084 name "LyX's homepage"
25085 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25092 \begin_layout Standard
25093 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25097 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25099 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25100 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25104 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25106 \begin_inset Newline newline
25114 \begin_inset Newline newline
25121 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25124 \begin_layout Section
25126 \begin_inset Index idx
25129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25136 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25138 name "sec:Appendices"
25145 \begin_layout Standard
25146 Appendices are created with the menu
25148 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25150 \begin_inset space ~
25154 \begin_inset space ~
25160 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25161 as the appendix region.
25162 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25165 \begin_layout Standard
25166 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25167 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25168 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25169 and the subsection number.
25170 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25174 \begin_layout Standard
25176 \begin_inset space ~
25180 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25182 reference "cha:Credits"
25187 \begin_inset space ~
25191 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25193 reference "sub:Export"
25200 \begin_layout Section
25202 \begin_inset Index idx
25205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25214 name "sec:Bibliography"
25221 \begin_layout Standard
25222 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25223 You can include a bibliography database,
25227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25228 Known under the name
25229 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25233 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25241 which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
25242 manually, using the paragraph environment
25246 , which was described in section
25247 \begin_inset space ~
25251 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25253 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25258 If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
25259 document, like author-year citations, then you must
25263 use a bibliography database.
25266 \begin_layout Subsection
25267 The Bibliography Environment
25270 \begin_layout Standard
25275 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25277 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25286 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25288 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25290 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25294 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25297 , a short form of its title, as key.
25300 \begin_layout Standard
25301 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25303 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25306 or the toolbar button
25307 \begin_inset Graphics
25308 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25313 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25314 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25315 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25316 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25320 \begin_layout Standard
25321 Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
25322 entry with surrounding brackets.
25327 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25328 Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25330 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25340 \begin_layout Standard
25343 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25346 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25348 key "latexcompanion"
25355 \begin_layout Standard
25356 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25357 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25366 \begin_layout Subsection
25367 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25368 \begin_inset Index idx
25371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25372 Bibliography ! Databases
25378 \begin_inset Index idx
25381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25382 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25388 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25390 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25397 \begin_layout Standard
25398 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25404 They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
25406 Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
25407 and reviews along with bibliographical information.
25412 It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25414 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25415 your working field in a database.
25416 This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
25417 cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
25419 This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
25423 \begin_layout Standard
25424 The database is a text file with the file extension
25425 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25436 , containing the bibliography in a special format.
25437 The format is explained in
25438 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25444 and in LaTeX books (
25445 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25447 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25452 The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
25453 special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
25454 A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
25455 \begin_inset Flex URL
25458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25460 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25468 \begin_layout Standard
25469 To use a database, use the menu
25471 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25476 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25489 \begin_inset space ~
25495 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25496 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25499 Add bibliography to TOC
25501 adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
25506 drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
25507 in the document or just the cited references.
25510 \begin_layout Standard
25511 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25520 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25523 that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
25524 Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
25525 provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
25527 It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
25532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25533 For information how this is done, have a look at
25534 \begin_inset Newline newline
25538 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25540 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
25552 \begin_layout Standard
25553 Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
25556 \begin_layout Standard
25557 To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
25558 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25561 Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25589 \begin_inset space ~
25595 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25601 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25610 \begin_layout Standard
25611 When you select the option
25613 Sectioned bibliography
25617 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25620 dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
25621 This and other options are explained in detail in section
25623 Customizing Bibliographies
25631 Additional Features
25636 \begin_layout Standard
25637 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25638 the two methods of creating them.
25639 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25640 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25641 We used the style file
25645 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25648 \begin_layout Subsection
25649 Bibliography layout
25650 \begin_inset Index idx
25653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25654 Bibliography ! Layout
25662 \begin_layout Standard
25663 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25664 For this feature you need to enable the option
25670 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25674 \begin_inset Index idx
25677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25678 Document ! Settings
25688 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25689 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25690 in the previous section.
25693 \begin_layout Standard
25694 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25695 in the citation reference window.
25696 Here an example where we set the text
25697 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25701 \begin_inset space ~
25705 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25708 to appear after the reference:
25711 \begin_layout Standard
25713 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25716 key "latexcompanion"
25723 \begin_layout Section
25725 \begin_inset Index idx
25728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25744 \begin_layout Standard
25745 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25747 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25749 \begin_inset space ~
25754 or the toolbar button
25755 \begin_inset Graphics
25756 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
25762 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25770 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25773 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25774 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25775 by LyX as the index entry.
25778 \begin_layout Standard
25779 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25780 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25782 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25784 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25791 \begin_layout Standard
25792 The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
25794 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25796 \begin_inset space ~
25800 \begin_inset space ~
25803 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25805 \begin_inset space ~
25811 A light blue box labeled
25812 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25820 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25823 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25824 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25827 \begin_layout Subsection
25828 Grouping Index Entries
25829 \begin_inset Index idx
25832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25841 \begin_layout Standard
25842 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
25844 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
25845 lists under the entry
25846 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25850 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25854 First we create the entry
25855 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25859 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25863 \begin_inset space ~
25867 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25869 reference "sub:Lists"
25874 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
25875 \begin_inset space ~
25879 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25881 reference "sec:Itemize"
25885 , we insert the command
25888 \begin_layout Standard
25894 \begin_layout Standard
25898 \begin_layout Standard
25904 \begin_layout Standard
25905 for the enumerated list in section
25906 \begin_inset space ~
25910 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25912 reference "sec:Enumerate"
25919 \begin_layout Standard
25920 The exclamation mark
25921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25928 marks the grouping levels.
25929 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
25930 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
25931 If we don't have an index entry for
25932 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25936 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25939 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
25942 \begin_layout Subsection
25944 \begin_inset Index idx
25947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25948 Index ! Page ranges
25956 \begin_layout Standard
25957 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
25959 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
25960 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
25962 \begin_inset space ~
25966 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25968 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
25975 \begin_layout Standard
25978 Paragraph environments|(
25981 \begin_layout Standard
25982 and another entry at the end of section
25983 \begin_inset space ~
25987 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25989 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
25996 \begin_layout Standard
25999 Paragraph environments|)
26002 \begin_layout Standard
26004 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26012 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26016 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26024 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26027 respectively start and end the index range.
26028 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26029 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26030 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26031 An example is the index entry
26032 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26035 Document ! Settings
26036 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26042 \begin_layout Subsection
26044 \begin_inset Index idx
26047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26048 Index ! Cross referencing
26056 \begin_layout Standard
26057 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26058 We referred for example in the index entry
26059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26063 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26067 \begin_inset space ~
26071 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26073 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26077 ) to the index entry
26078 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26082 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26085 in the same section using the entry
26088 \begin_layout Standard
26091 GIF|see{Image formats}
26094 \begin_layout Standard
26095 where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26096 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26097 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26100 \begin_layout Subsection
26102 \begin_inset Index idx
26105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26106 Index ! Entry order
26114 \begin_layout Standard
26115 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26116 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26117 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26122 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26124 \begin_inset space ~
26128 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26130 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26139 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26140 We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
26141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26149 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26153 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26157 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26161 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26165 \begin_inset Index idx
26168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26169 Dummy entries ! maïs
26175 \begin_inset Index idx
26178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26179 Dummy entries ! maître
26185 \begin_inset Index idx
26188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26189 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26194 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26195 order maïs, maison, maître.
26196 To achieve this, we use the command
26199 \begin_layout Standard
26202 previous entry@current entry
26205 \begin_layout Standard
26206 In our case we want to have
26207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26222 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26225 \begin_layout Standard
26231 \begin_layout Standard
26232 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26233 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26237 \begin_layout Standard
26238 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26245 In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
26250 to generate the index (see sec.
26251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26255 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26257 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26266 would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
26268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26272 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26274 reference "sub:Document-Font"
26278 after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
26279 index commands start with
26280 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26292 The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
26297 bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
26300 \begin_layout Standard
26312 \begin_layout Standard
26324 \begin_layout Subsection
26326 \begin_inset Index idx
26329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26330 Index ! Entry layout
26338 \begin_layout Standard
26339 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26340 \begin_inset Index idx
26343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26346 This is an italic dummy entry
26351 You can also format the page number using the character
26352 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26356 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26359 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26360 We can write for example
26363 \begin_layout Standard
26366 italic page number:|textit
26369 \begin_layout Standard
26370 to get the page number in italic.
26371 \begin_inset Index idx
26374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26375 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26380 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26398 \begin_inset space ~
26404 Have a look at section
26405 \begin_inset space ~
26409 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26411 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26415 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26418 \begin_layout Standard
26419 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26427 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26431 to generate the index, see sec.
26432 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26436 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26438 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26447 , however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
26448 This is because xindy requires you to define semantic elements before
26449 they can be used, see
26450 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26453 key "latexcompanion"
26465 \begin_layout Standard
26466 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26468 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26469 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26470 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26471 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26472 If so, put the following in the preamble
26475 \begin_layout Standard
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26491 \begin_layout Standard
26497 \begin_layout Standard
26498 in the index entry.
26499 \begin_inset Index idx
26502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26503 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26508 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26509 insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26510 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26513 \begin_layout Standard
26514 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26516 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26520 \begin_inset space \space{}
26523 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26524 for all index entries.
26525 For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
26537 documentation for details,
26538 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26540 key "makeindex,xindy"
26547 \begin_layout Subsection
26549 \begin_inset Index idx
26552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26559 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26561 name "sub:Index-Program"
26568 \begin_layout Standard
26569 If the index entry program
26573 is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
26577 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
26581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26586 is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
26587 that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
26588 So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
26589 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26590 However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
26600 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26601 dialog, see section
26602 \begin_inset space ~
26606 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26608 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26613 The available options are listed and explained in
26614 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26616 key "makeindex,xindy"
26621 In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
26625 \begin_layout Standard
26626 If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
26627 given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
26630 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26631 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26632 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26636 This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
26637 to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
26640 \begin_layout Subsection
26644 \begin_layout Standard
26645 In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
26646 For instance, you might need to set up a separate
26647 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26651 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26654 next to the standard index.
26655 LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
26656 packages that add this feature.
26662 \begin_inset Index idx
26665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26666 LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
26671 package to generate multiple indexes.
26672 The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
26673 If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
26674 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26681 Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
26682 includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
26683 Please consult the package's manual for details.
26686 \begin_layout Standard
26687 To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
26689 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26690 Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26691 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
26695 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26698 Use multiple Indexes
26699 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26703 Note that the list of
26704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26711 below already contains the standard index.
26712 To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
26713 also appear as a heading) to the
26714 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26718 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26721 input field and press the
26722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26730 The new index should now appear in the list as well.
26731 If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
26732 by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
26733 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26736 Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
26738 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26742 The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
26743 indexes in the LyX work area.
26746 \begin_layout Standard
26747 Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
26750 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26752 \begin_inset space ~
26756 \begin_inset space ~
26765 menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
26766 The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
26767 are some additional features:
26770 \begin_layout Itemize
26771 If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
26772 on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
26775 \begin_layout Itemize
26776 By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
26777 Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
26778 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26782 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26786 If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
26788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26791 g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
26792 as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
26793 to the non-subindexes.
26796 \begin_layout Section
26797 Nomenclature / Glossary
26798 \begin_inset Index idx
26801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26808 \begin_inset Index idx
26811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26840 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26842 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26849 \begin_layout Standard
26850 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26851 document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
26855 \begin_layout Standard
26856 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26861 \begin_inset Index idx
26864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26865 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26871 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26872 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26878 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26881 \begin_layout Standard
26882 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26883 and then use the menu
26885 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26891 \begin_inset space ~
26896 or the toolbar button
26897 \begin_inset Graphics
26898 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
26904 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26912 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26915 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26918 \begin_layout Standard
26919 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26920 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26921 The second is the description of the symbol.
26924 \begin_layout Standard
26925 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26933 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26941 \begin_layout Subsection
26942 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26943 \begin_inset Index idx
26946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26947 Nomenclature ! Layout
26955 \begin_layout Standard
26956 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26960 field as LaTeX-formulas.
26962 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26966 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26970 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26974 \begin_inset Newline newline
26982 \begin_inset Newline newline
26988 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26992 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26995 character starts/ends the formula.
26996 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26998 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27004 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27008 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
27018 \begin_layout Standard
27019 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
27020 \begin_inset space ~
27024 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27026 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27033 \begin_layout Standard
27037 \begin_inset space ~
27042 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
27043 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
27044 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27048 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27052 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27055 in this document is:
27056 \begin_inset Newline newline
27061 dummy entry for the character
27066 \begin_inset Newline newline
27078 \begin_inset space ~
27088 font use the command
27117 \begin_layout Subsection
27118 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27119 \begin_inset Index idx
27122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27123 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27131 \begin_layout Standard
27132 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27133 the symbol definition.
27134 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27135 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27138 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27139 LatexCommand nomenclature
27141 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27148 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27152 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27153 LatexCommand nomenclature
27156 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27161 They will be sorted by
27162 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27170 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27174 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27184 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27188 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27191 will be sorted before the
27195 since the character
27196 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27200 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27203 is considered in sorting.
27206 \begin_layout Standard
27207 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27210 \begin_inset space ~
27215 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27216 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27218 For the example given, you can insert
27222 in this field for the
27223 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27230 will be located before
27231 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27237 \begin_layout Standard
27238 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27243 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27252 \begin_layout Subsection
27253 Nomenclature Options
27254 \begin_inset Index idx
27257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27258 Nomenclature ! Options
27266 \begin_layout Standard
27271 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27272 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27275 \begin_layout Description
27276 refeq Appends the phrase
27277 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27292 to every nomenclature entry, where
27298 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27301 \begin_layout Description
27302 refpage Appends the phrase
27303 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27315 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27318 to every nomenclature entry, where
27324 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27327 \begin_layout Description
27328 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27331 \begin_layout Standard
27332 There are furthermore the options
27376 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27380 \begin_layout Standard
27381 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27382 class options list in the
27384 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27388 In this document the option
27395 \begin_layout Standard
27396 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27402 \begin_layout Standard
27403 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27404 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27409 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27412 \begin_layout Description
27422 \begin_layout Description
27425 nomrefpage Like the
27432 \begin_layout Description
27435 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27444 \begin_layout Description
27448 \begin_inset space ~
27454 \begin_inset space ~
27459 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27462 \begin_layout Subsection
27463 Printing the Nomenclature
27464 \begin_inset Index idx
27467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27468 Nomenclature ! Printing
27476 \begin_layout Standard
27477 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27481 \begin_inset space ~
27485 \begin_inset space ~
27488 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27492 A light blue box labeled
27493 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27504 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27505 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27508 \begin_layout Standard
27509 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27510 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27514 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27518 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27526 For example, in order to change the name to
27530 , add the following line to the preamble:
27533 \begin_layout Standard
27541 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27551 \begin_layout Standard
27552 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27553 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27556 \begin_layout Standard
27564 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27567 \begin_layout Standard
27570 where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27571 \begin_inset space ~
27575 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27577 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27582 The default value is 1
27583 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27589 \begin_layout Subsection
27590 Nomenclature Program
27591 \begin_inset Index idx
27594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27595 Nomenclature ! Program
27601 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27603 name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
27610 \begin_layout Standard
27611 LyX uses the program
27615 , that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
27616 LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
27621 by adding options, see section
27622 \begin_inset space ~
27626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27628 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
27633 The available options are listed and explained in
27634 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27636 key "nomencl,makeindex"
27643 \begin_layout Section
27645 \begin_inset Index idx
27648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27655 \begin_inset Index idx
27658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27659 Document ! Branches
27665 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27667 name "sec:Branches"
27674 \begin_layout Standard
27675 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27676 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27677 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27678 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27681 \begin_layout Standard
27682 For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
27683 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27684 To create a branch, go in the
27686 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27694 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27695 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27698 \begin_layout Standard
27699 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27700 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27702 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27705 where you can choose a branch.
27706 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27709 \begin_layout Standard
27710 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27711 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27714 \begin_layout Standard
27715 \begin_inset Branch Question
27718 \begin_layout Standard
27719 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27727 \begin_layout Standard
27728 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27731 \begin_layout Standard
27732 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27740 \begin_layout Standard
27741 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27747 \begin_layout Standard
27748 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27749 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27751 For example you can define for the question branch
27755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27756 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27757 \begin_inset space ~
27761 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27763 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27775 \begin_layout Standard
27785 \begin_layout Standard
27795 \begin_layout Standard
27796 and for the answer branch
27799 \begin_layout Standard
27809 \begin_layout Standard
27819 \begin_layout Standard
27820 \begin_inset Branch Question
27823 \begin_layout Standard
27827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27855 \begin_layout Standard
27856 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27859 \begin_layout Standard
27863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27891 \begin_layout Standard
27892 Now it is possible to use the commands
27896 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27903 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27906 to obtain conditional output.
27907 Here is an example formula where only the
27914 \begin_inset Formula \[
27915 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27922 \begin_layout Standard
27923 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
27931 \begin_layout Section
27933 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27935 name "sec:PDF-Properties"
27940 \begin_inset Index idx
27943 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27952 \begin_layout Standard
27957 dialog allows you in the
27961 to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
27962 All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
27967 \begin_inset Index idx
27970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27971 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
27979 \begin_layout Standard
27984 will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
27985 This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
27986 table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
27988 You can specify in the dialog tab
27992 how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
27994 The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
27995 entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
27999 \begin_layout Standard
28004 you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
28005 document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
28006 You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
28008 With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
28009 be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
28011 \begin_inset space ~
28014 2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
28015 \begin_inset space ~
28018 1 will only display the sections.
28021 \begin_layout Standard
28022 The header information in the dialog tab
28026 are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
28027 Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
28028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28032 \begin_inset space \space{}
28035 automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
28036 This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
28039 Automatic fill header
28041 is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
28042 title and author settings.
28045 \begin_layout Standard
28048 Load in fullscreen mode
28050 will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
28053 \begin_layout Standard
28054 PDF properties are also used in this document.
28055 When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
28061 For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
28062 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28071 \begin_layout Section
28072 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
28073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28075 name "sec:TeX-Code"
28082 \begin_layout Subsection
28084 \begin_inset Index idx
28087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28094 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28096 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28104 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
28105 constructs, but not all.
28106 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
28107 All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
28108 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
28109 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
28110 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
28114 \begin_layout Standard
28115 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
28117 A TeX Code box is created by the menu
28119 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28121 \begin_inset space ~
28126 or by the toolbar button
28127 \begin_inset Graphics
28128 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
28133 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
28137 \begin_layout Standard
28138 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
28139 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
28140 For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
28141 using the LaTeX-command
28147 , you can write the command part
28153 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
28157 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
28158 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
28159 the following example:
28162 \begin_layout Standard
28163 \begin_inset Graphics
28164 filename ../../doc/clipart/ERT.png
28172 \begin_layout Standard
28176 \begin_layout Standard
28177 This is a line with a
28181 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28204 \begin_layout Standard
28205 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
28208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28213 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
28214 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
28222 \begin_layout Subsection
28223 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
28224 \begin_inset Argument
28227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28234 \begin_inset Index idx
28237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28246 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
28253 \begin_layout Standard
28254 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
28255 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
28256 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
28257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28261 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28265 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
28266 any time if you know the right commands.
28268 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28272 \begin_inset space \space{}
28275 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
28277 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
28278 all caption labels bold.
28279 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
28281 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
28285 \begin_layout Standard
28286 Now LaTeX comes into play.
28287 As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
28288 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
28290 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28299 \begin_layout Standard
28300 As result you know that the package
28305 \begin_inset Index idx
28308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28309 LaTeX-packages ! caption
28315 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28317 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28323 \begin_layout Standard
28328 usepackage[options]{package name}
28331 \begin_layout Standard
28332 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28333 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28334 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28337 \begin_layout Standard
28338 In your case the package name is
28343 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28348 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28349 So you add the command
28352 \begin_layout Standard
28357 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28360 \begin_layout Standard
28361 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28365 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28366 For more commands provided by the
28370 package, have a look at its documentation,
28371 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28385 \begin_layout Standard
28386 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28388 For example if you use a
28392 class, you don't need the package
28396 , you can instead write
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28404 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28409 \begin_layout Standard
28410 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28411 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28412 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28419 is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
28422 \begin_layout Standard
28423 Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
28424 text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28426 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28427 the previous section.
28430 \begin_layout Standard
28431 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28433 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28435 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28443 \begin_layout Section
28444 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28445 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28447 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28452 \begin_inset Index idx
28455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28462 \begin_inset Index idx
28465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28474 \begin_layout Standard
28475 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28476 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28477 to break your train of thought with
28479 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28485 \begin_layout Standard
28486 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28487 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28492 \begin_inset Index idx
28495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28496 LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28501 as explained below, and turn on
28504 \begin_inset space ~
28511 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28515 \begin_inset space ~
28519 \begin_inset space ~
28522 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28527 \begin_inset space ~
28532 is the multiplication factor for the size.
28535 \begin_layout Standard
28536 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28538 Previews of an already loaded document are
28542 generated just by selecting the
28545 \begin_inset space ~
28550 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28553 \begin_layout Standard
28554 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28555 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28558 \begin_inset space ~
28563 check box in the insert dialog.
28564 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28568 \begin_layout Standard
28569 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28573 (on some systems named simply
28578 If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28580 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28586 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28587 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28595 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28599 \begin_layout Standard
28600 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28606 \begin_layout Standard
28607 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28611 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28613 \begin_inset space ~
28618 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28619 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28621 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28622 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28623 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28624 the source view window.
28627 \begin_layout Section
28629 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28631 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28636 \begin_inset Index idx
28639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28648 \begin_layout Standard
28649 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28650 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28667 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28673 can be seen as the successor to
28681 , it supports multiple languages in parallel, so it is recommended to use
28687 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28688 The used spell checker and its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28696 \begin_layout Standard
28697 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28698 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28705 \begin_layout Standard
28708 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28711 or the toolbar button
28712 \begin_inset Graphics
28713 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
28717 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28718 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28719 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28720 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28721 scrolled so that it is visible.
28726 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28728 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28732 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28733 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28736 \begin_layout Standard
28737 By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
28740 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28744 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28745 will bring an error message.
28746 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28747 specifying a different
28749 Alternative language
28751 in preferences dialog.
28754 \begin_layout Standard
28755 After a spell check you will be informed about the number of checked words.
28758 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28762 \begin_layout Standard
28763 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28764 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28766 But you can use the
28769 \begin_inset space ~
28773 \begin_inset space ~
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28783 This does work with
28787 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28790 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28794 \begin_layout Standard
28799 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28802 \begin_layout Description
28804 \begin_inset space ~
28807 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28808 should consider, e.
28809 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28813 \begin_inset space \space{}
28816 German umlauts although you are spell checking an English document.
28817 This should not normally be needed.
28820 \begin_layout Description
28822 \begin_inset space ~
28825 dictionary to use a different file as your personal dictionary instead of
28826 the spell checker's default choice
28829 \begin_layout Description
28831 \begin_inset space ~
28835 \begin_inset space ~
28838 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28840 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28844 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28850 \begin_layout Description
28852 \begin_inset space ~
28856 \begin_inset space ~
28859 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28861 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28868 also for the spellchecker.
28872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28873 The encodings are explained in section
28874 \begin_inset space ~
28878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28880 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
28889 Only enable this if you use
28893 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28894 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28895 so this is disabled by default.
28898 \begin_layout Section
28900 \begin_inset Index idx
28903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28910 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28912 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28919 \begin_layout Standard
28920 LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
28921 It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
28930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28931 \begin_inset CommandInset href
28933 target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
28942 thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
28943 Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
28944 are available for many languages.
28947 \begin_layout Standard
28948 This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
28952 \begin_layout Subsection
28953 Setting up the thesaurus
28956 \begin_layout Standard
28961 OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
28966 containing the data and an index file with the suffix
28971 The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
28973 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
28977 en_EN for English).
28978 For instance, the English files are named:
28981 \begin_layout Itemize
28985 \begin_layout Itemize
28989 \begin_layout Standard
28990 If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
28991 already on your system.
28992 If not, you can get dictionaries from the site
28993 \begin_inset Flex URL
28996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28998 http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
29004 Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, these files are usually packed in extension
29009 ) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
29011 These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
29012 unpack a zip archive.
29015 \begin_layout Standard
29024 files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
29025 s), and specify the path to this directory in
29027 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29028 Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29032 Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
29035 \begin_layout Subsection
29036 Using the thesaurus
29039 \begin_layout Standard
29040 To start the thesaurus, use the menu
29042 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29045 or the toolbar button
29046 \begin_inset Graphics
29047 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
29048 rotateOrigin center
29052 while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
29054 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
29056 The proposals are grouped into categories.
29057 Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
29058 and hyponyms (such as
29066 ), compounds (such as
29070 ) and antonyms (such as
29078 ), which are marked as such.
29081 \begin_layout Standard
29082 The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
29083 you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
29087 \begin_layout Standard
29088 Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
29089 the dictionary, such as the above
29093 ), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
29094 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29098 the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
29099 singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
29100 For example looking up the word forms
29108 yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
29113 Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
29114 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
29126 s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
29127 also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
29128 part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
29131 \begin_layout Subsection
29132 License of the Thesaurus library
29135 \begin_layout Standard
29140 library, which is used by LyX for the thesaurus, was created by
29145 as a standalone program.
29146 Version 1.1 of the library is included in LyX.
29147 The library was released under the
29149 Berkeley Database License
29151 , which is compatible with LyX's license, the GPL.
29152 In order to meet the requirements of the Berkeley Database License, the
29153 MyThes license file is included in the LyX sources in the folder
29155 ~src/support/mythes/license.readme
29158 In LyX Windows installations it is additionally available in the file
29162 that is in the same folder as the file lyx.exe.
29165 \begin_layout Section
29167 \begin_inset Index idx
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29177 \begin_inset Index idx
29180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29181 Document ! Change Tracking
29187 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29189 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
29196 \begin_layout Standard
29197 When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
29198 able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
29199 You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
29200 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
29202 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29204 \begin_inset space ~
29207 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29209 \begin_inset space ~
29217 \begin_layout Standard
29218 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
29232 The color depends on the author that made the change.
29233 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
29236 \begin_inset space ~
29240 \begin_inset space ~
29250 \begin_inset Index idx
29253 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29254 Color ! Change tracking
29259 The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
29260 the cursor is in changed text.
29261 The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
29262 \begin_inset Graphics
29263 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29264 rotateOrigin center
29271 \begin_layout Standard
29272 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
29273 \begin_inset Index idx
29276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29285 \begin_layout Standard
29286 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29292 \begin_layout Standard
29293 \begin_inset Graphics
29294 filename ../../doc/clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
29301 \begin_layout Standard
29302 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29308 \begin_layout Standard
29309 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
29313 \begin_layout Standard
29314 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29320 \begin_layout Standard
29321 \begin_inset Tabular
29322 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
29323 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
29324 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29325 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
29326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29331 \begin_inset Graphics
29332 filename ../../images/changes-track.png
29333 rotateOrigin center
29342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29348 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29350 \begin_inset space ~
29353 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29355 \begin_inset space ~
29364 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29369 \begin_inset Graphics
29370 filename ../../images/changes-output.png
29371 rotateOrigin center
29380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29386 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29388 \begin_inset space ~
29391 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29393 \begin_inset space ~
29397 \begin_inset space ~
29401 \begin_inset space ~
29410 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29411 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29415 \begin_inset Graphics
29416 filename ../../images/change-next.png
29417 rotateOrigin center
29426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29430 Jumps to the next change
29436 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29437 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29441 \begin_inset Graphics
29442 filename ../../images/change-accept.png
29443 rotateOrigin center
29452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29458 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29460 \begin_inset space ~
29463 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29465 \begin_inset space ~
29474 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29475 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29479 \begin_inset Graphics
29480 filename ../../images/change-reject.png
29481 rotateOrigin center
29490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29496 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29498 \begin_inset space ~
29501 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29503 \begin_inset space ~
29512 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29517 \begin_inset Graphics
29518 filename ../../images/changes-merge.png
29519 rotateOrigin center
29528 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29534 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29536 \begin_inset space ~
29539 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29541 \begin_inset space ~
29550 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 \begin_inset Graphics
29556 filename ../../images/all-changes-accept.png
29557 rotateOrigin center
29566 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29572 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29574 \begin_inset space ~
29577 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29579 \begin_inset space ~
29583 \begin_inset space ~
29592 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29597 \begin_inset Graphics
29598 filename ../../images/all-changes-reject.png
29599 rotateOrigin center
29608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29614 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29616 \begin_inset space ~
29619 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29621 \begin_inset space ~
29625 \begin_inset space ~
29634 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29639 \begin_inset Graphics
29640 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
29641 rotateOrigin center
29650 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29653 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29657 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29659 \begin_inset space ~
29668 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29673 \begin_inset Graphics
29674 filename ../../images/note-next.png
29675 rotateOrigin center
29684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29690 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29692 \begin_inset space ~
29708 \begin_layout Standard
29709 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29715 \begin_layout Standard
29716 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
29717 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29718 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
29719 the next change after the current cursor position.
29720 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29721 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29722 step to the next change.
29723 This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
29726 \begin_layout Standard
29727 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29728 to describe a change.
29731 \begin_layout Standard
29732 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29737 \begin_inset Index idx
29740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29741 LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29747 You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29748 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29754 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29757 \begin_layout Section
29758 International Support
29759 \begin_inset Index idx
29762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29763 International support
29771 \begin_layout Standard
29772 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29773 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29774 how to set up LyX to use them:
29775 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29777 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29784 \begin_layout Standard
29785 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29786 \begin_inset space ~
29790 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29792 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29799 \begin_layout Subsection
29801 \begin_inset Index idx
29804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29811 \begin_inset Index idx
29814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29815 Document ! Settings
29821 \begin_inset Index idx
29824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 Document ! Language
29833 \begin_layout Standard
29836 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29839 dialog lets you set
29841 the language and character encoding for your language.
29845 \begin_layout Standard
29846 Choose your language in the
29850 section of this dialog.
29858 \begin_layout Standard
29863 you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
29868 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29869 For details about the different encoding options see section
29870 \begin_inset space ~
29874 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29876 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
29883 \begin_layout Subsection
29884 Keyboard mapping configuration
29885 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29887 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29894 \begin_layout Standard
29895 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
29896 other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29897 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29898 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29899 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29901 \begin_inset space ~
29905 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29907 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29912 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29913 which one you want to use.
29916 \begin_layout Standard
29917 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29918 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29919 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29920 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29921 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29922 one to support the characters you want.
29923 This and many other customizations are explained in the
29930 \begin_layout Subsection
29934 \begin_layout Standard
29936 \begin_inset space ~
29940 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29942 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29951 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29955 \begin_layout Standard
29956 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29957 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29965 \begin_layout Itemize
29966 Even if you have selected
29972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29975 dialog, users who have only the
29979 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29983 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29984 DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29985 french quotes won't show up.
29988 \begin_layout Standard
29989 \begin_inset Float table
29994 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29995 \begin_inset Caption
29997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29998 \begin_inset CommandInset label
30000 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
30016 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30018 \begin_inset Tabular
30019 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
30020 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
30021 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30022 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30023 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30024 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30025 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30029 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30030 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30031 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30032 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30033 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30034 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30035 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30036 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30037 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
30039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30084 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30087 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30102 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30105 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30174 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30192 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30228 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30231 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30246 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30282 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30318 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30321 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30365 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30374 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30417 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30451 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30454 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30468 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30471 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30486 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30489 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30582 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30618 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30652 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30772 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30775 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30860 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30878 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30915 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30918 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30949 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30952 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30966 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30969 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30992 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30995 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31010 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31061 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31124 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31127 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31133 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31136 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31184 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31384 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31387 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31495 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31539 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31662 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31665 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31679 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31756 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31765 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31808 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31879 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31882 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31888 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31891 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31897 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31914 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31931 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31934 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31999 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32002 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32094 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32097 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32113 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32131 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32217 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32220 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32251 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32254 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32337 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32340 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32354 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32373 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32376 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32391 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32426 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32443 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32494 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32497 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32529 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32580 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32583 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32597 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32600 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32633 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32651 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32654 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32703 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32720 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32723 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32754 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32757 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32780 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32823 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32946 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33040 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33049 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33052 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33189 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33192 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33206 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33209 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33309 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33312 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33343 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33346 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33377 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33394 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33431 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33440 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33466 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33536 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33539 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33571 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33574 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33588 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33639 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33693 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33702 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33711 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33745 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33762 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33796 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33874 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33877 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34014 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34017 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34031 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34065 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34074 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34077 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34083 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34086 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34151 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34154 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34168 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34171 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34187 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34257 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34260 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34291 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34308 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34311 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34352 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34355 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34403 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
34406 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34420 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
34423 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34450 \begin_layout Standard
34451 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
34453 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
34454 also the characters from
34466 \begin_layout Itemize
34475 \begin_layout Standard
34476 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
34477 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34483 \begin_layout Standard
34484 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
34485 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34491 \begin_layout Standard
34492 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34493 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34499 \begin_layout Standard
34500 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34501 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34507 \begin_layout Standard
34509 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34515 \begin_layout Standard
34517 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34523 \begin_layout Standard
34525 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34532 \begin_layout Itemize
34545 \begin_layout Standard
34547 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34553 \begin_layout Standard
34555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34561 \begin_layout Standard
34563 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34569 \begin_layout Standard
34571 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34577 \begin_layout Standard
34579 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34587 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34594 \begin_layout Standard
34595 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34596 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34597 Also make sure you're using the
34604 \begin_layout Chapter
34607 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34609 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34616 \begin_layout Standard
34617 This appendix lists all the available menus and describes their functionality.
34618 It is designed as a quick reference if you are searching for a special
34619 topic inside the user's guide.
34622 \begin_layout Section
34624 \begin_inset Index idx
34627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34636 \begin_layout Standard
34641 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34642 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34645 \begin_layout Subsection
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 Creates a new document.
34653 \begin_layout Subsection
34657 \begin_layout Standard
34658 This menu entry prompts you for a template to use.
34659 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34660 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34663 \begin_layout Subsection
34667 \begin_layout Standard
34671 \begin_layout Subsection
34675 \begin_layout Standard
34676 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34677 Click there on a file to open it.
34680 \begin_layout Subsection
34684 \begin_layout Standard
34685 Closes the current document.
34688 \begin_layout Subsection
34692 \begin_layout Standard
34693 Closes all opened documents.
34696 \begin_layout Subsection
34700 \begin_layout Standard
34701 Saves the actual document.
34704 \begin_layout Subsection
34708 \begin_layout Standard
34709 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34712 \begin_layout Subsection
34716 \begin_layout Standard
34717 Saves all opened documents.
34720 \begin_layout Subsection
34724 \begin_layout Standard
34725 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34728 \begin_layout Subsection
34732 \begin_layout Standard
34733 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34734 It is described in the section
34736 Version Control in LyX
34740 Additional Features
34745 \begin_layout Subsection
34749 \begin_layout Standard
34750 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
34751 NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
34752 (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
34753 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34756 \begin_layout Standard
34757 When using the menu entry
34760 \begin_inset space ~
34765 , line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34773 \begin_inset space ~
34778 , consecutive lines of text will be imported to one big paragraph.
34779 A new paragraph will begin when there is a blank line in the file.
34782 \begin_layout Subsection
34784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34793 \begin_layout Standard
34794 You can export your document to various file formats.
34795 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34796 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34797 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34800 \begin_layout Standard
34801 Here is a list of all available entries; some of them are explained in detail
34803 \begin_inset space ~
34807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34809 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34816 \begin_layout Description
34820 \begin_inset space ~
34825 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34827 \begin_inset Newline newline
34830 Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
34833 \begin_layout Description
34841 \begin_layout Description
34842 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and may not
34846 \begin_layout Description
34848 \begin_inset space ~
34852 \begin_inset space ~
34855 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34859 ; as a consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and
34867 \begin_layout Description
34874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34882 \begin_inset space ~
34887 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34888 will be converted to a format that is readable by the
34892 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34895 \begin_layout Description
34902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34910 \begin_inset space ~
34915 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34916 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34924 \begin_layout Description
34926 \begin_inset space ~
34929 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34930 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34934 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34937 is replaced by the version number)
34940 \begin_layout Description
34941 LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
34944 \begin_layout Description
34945 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34958 (The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
34962 \begin_layout Description
34966 \begin_inset space ~
34971 PDF-format using the program
34976 \begin_layout Description
34980 \begin_inset space ~
34985 PDF-format using the program
34990 \begin_layout Description
34994 \begin_inset space ~
34999 PDF-format using the program
35004 \begin_layout Description
35008 \begin_inset space ~
35016 \begin_layout Description
35020 \begin_inset space ~
35024 \begin_inset space ~
35029 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
35030 and then exported as text using the program
35035 \begin_layout Description
35040 PostScript format using the program
35045 \begin_layout Description
35053 \begin_layout Standard
35058 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
35059 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
35065 produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
35068 \begin_layout Standard
35069 If one of the menu entries
35076 \begin_inset space ~
35085 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35086 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35087 \begin_inset space ~
35091 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35093 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35098 \begin_inset Index idx
35101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35102 Reconfiguration of LyX
35110 \begin_layout Standard
35115 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
35116 the export program.
35119 \begin_layout Subsection
35123 \begin_layout Standard
35124 With this menu entry you can print your document to a file in PostScript
35125 format or send it to a printer.
35126 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
35127 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
35133 For more information have a look at section
35134 \begin_inset space ~
35138 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35140 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
35147 \begin_layout Subsection
35151 \begin_layout Standard
35152 This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
35153 Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
35154 prefix, see section
35155 \begin_inset space ~
35159 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35161 reference "sec:Paths"
35166 With this menu entry you can send your document to a fax program like
35175 The default format of the sent file is PostScript.
35176 The format can be changed in LyX's preferences as described in section
35177 \begin_inset space ~
35181 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35183 reference "sub:Converters"
35190 \begin_layout Subsection
35191 New and Close Window
35194 \begin_layout Standard
35195 Opens or closes a new instance of LyX.
35198 \begin_layout Subsection
35202 \begin_layout Standard
35203 Prompts you to save all unsaved documents and then exits.
35206 \begin_layout Section
35208 \begin_inset Index idx
35211 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 \begin_layout Subsection
35224 \begin_layout Standard
35225 Described in section
35226 \begin_inset space ~
35230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35232 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
35239 \begin_layout Subsection
35240 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
35243 \begin_layout Standard
35244 Described in section
35245 \begin_inset space ~
35249 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35251 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35258 \begin_layout Subsection
35262 \begin_layout Standard
35263 Selects the whole document.
35266 \begin_layout Subsection
35270 \begin_layout Standard
35271 Described in section
35272 \begin_inset space ~
35276 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35278 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
35285 \begin_layout Subsection
35286 Move Paragraph Up/Down
35289 \begin_layout Standard
35290 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
35294 \begin_layout Subsection
35298 \begin_layout Standard
35299 Described in section
35300 \begin_inset space ~
35304 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35306 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
35313 \begin_layout Subsection
35315 \begin_inset Index idx
35318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35319 Paragraph ! Settings
35327 \begin_layout Standard
35328 Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
35329 These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
35332 \begin_layout Standard
35333 You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
35334 have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
35336 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35350 \begin_layout Subsection
35351 Table Settings and Math
35354 \begin_layout Standard
35355 These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
35357 Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
35358 The properties of tables are described in section
35359 \begin_inset space ~
35363 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35365 reference "sec:Tables"
35369 , the properties of formulas in chapter
35370 \begin_inset space ~
35374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35376 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35383 \begin_layout Subsection
35384 Increase / Decrease List Depth
35387 \begin_layout Standard
35388 These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
35389 that can be nested.
35390 They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
35391 \begin_inset space ~
35395 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35397 reference "sec:Nesting"
35402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35404 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
35411 \begin_layout Section
35413 \begin_inset Index idx
35416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35425 \begin_layout Standard
35430 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
35431 document with an external program.
35432 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
35433 — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
35434 All possible formats are formats listed in section
35435 \begin_inset space ~
35439 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35441 reference "sub:Export"
35446 You should at least see the menu entries
35453 \begin_inset space ~
35459 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
35460 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
35461 \begin_inset space ~
35465 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35467 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
35472 \begin_inset Index idx
35475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35476 Reconfiguration of LyX
35484 \begin_layout Standard
35485 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
35486 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
35487 \begin_inset space ~
35491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35493 reference "sec:File-Formats"
35498 The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
35501 \begin_layout Standard
35502 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
35505 At the bottom of the
35509 menu the opened documents are listed.
35512 \begin_layout Subsection
35513 Open/Close all Insets
35516 \begin_layout Standard
35517 Opens/closes all insets in your document.
35520 \begin_layout Subsection
35521 Unfold/Fold Math Macros
35524 \begin_layout Standard
35525 Unfolds/folds the current math macro.
35528 \begin_layout Standard
35529 Math macros are described in the
35536 \begin_layout Subsection
35540 \begin_layout Standard
35541 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
35543 \begin_inset space ~
35547 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35549 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
35556 \begin_layout Subsection
35560 \begin_layout Standard
35561 This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
35562 opening a new view window.
35565 \begin_layout Subsection
35569 \begin_layout Standard
35570 This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
35571 This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
35572 view the same document, but at different positions.
35573 You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
35574 or more documents at the same time.
35575 To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
35582 \begin_layout Subsection
35586 \begin_layout Standard
35587 Closes a split view.
35590 \begin_layout Subsection
35594 \begin_layout Standard
35595 Using this menu entry or pressing F11 removes the menu bar and all toolbars
35596 so that you will see nothing but your text.
35597 It furthermore displays LyX's main window fullscreen.
35598 To return from fullscreen to the normal view, press F11, or right-click
35599 and turn off the fullscreen mode in the context menu.
35602 \begin_layout Subsection
35604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35606 name "sub:Toolbars"
35611 \begin_inset Index idx
35614 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35623 \begin_layout Standard
35624 In this menu entry you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
35625 All toolbars and the
35628 \begin_inset space ~
35633 can be turned on and off.
35638 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35650 \begin_inset space ~
35659 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35663 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35670 \begin_layout Standard
35675 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35679 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35680 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35681 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35682 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35683 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35686 \begin_layout Standard
35687 LyX's toolbars and their buttons are explained in section
35688 \begin_inset space ~
35692 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35694 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35701 \begin_layout Section
35703 \begin_inset Index idx
35706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35715 \begin_layout Subsection
35719 \begin_layout Standard
35720 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35721 \begin_inset space ~
35725 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35727 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35738 \begin_layout Subsection
35740 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35742 name "sub:Special-Character"
35749 \begin_layout Standard
35750 Here you can insert the following characters:
35753 \begin_layout Description
35754 Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
35755 Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
35756 characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
35757 \begin_inset Newline newline
35761 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35769 Not all characters will be visible in the
35773 dialog because none of the screen fonts that you can set in the preferences
35775 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
35779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35781 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
35785 ) can display every character.
35793 \begin_layout Description
35794 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35798 \begin_layout Description
35800 \begin_inset space ~
35804 \begin_inset space ~
35807 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35808 \begin_inset space ~
35812 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35814 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35821 \begin_layout Description
35823 \begin_inset space ~
35826 Quote Inserts this quote:
35827 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35830 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35832 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35842 \begin_layout Description
35844 \begin_inset space ~
35847 Quote Inserts this quote:
35848 \begin_inset Quotes els
35854 \begin_layout Description
35856 \begin_inset space ~
35859 Hyphen Inserts a hyphen that is protected from line breaks: \SpecialChar \nobreakdash-
35863 \begin_layout Description
35865 \begin_inset space ~
35868 Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
35872 \begin_layout Description
35874 \begin_inset space ~
35877 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35881 \begin_layout Description
35883 \begin_inset space ~
35887 \begin_inset Index idx
35890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35897 \begin_inset Index idx
35900 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35901 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35906 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35907 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35908 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35913 \begin_inset Index idx
35916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35917 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35923 \begin_inset Newline newline
35926 For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35930 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35938 and this Wiki-page:
35939 \begin_inset Newline newline
35943 \begin_inset Flex URL
35946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35948 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35956 \begin_layout Subsection
35960 \begin_layout Standard
35961 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35964 \begin_layout Description
35965 Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
35966 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35972 \begin_layout Description
35973 Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
35974 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35980 \begin_layout Description
35982 \begin_inset space ~
35985 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35986 \begin_inset space ~
35990 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35992 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35999 \begin_layout Description
36001 \begin_inset space ~
36004 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
36005 \begin_inset space ~
36009 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36011 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
36018 \begin_layout Description
36020 \begin_inset space ~
36023 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
36024 \begin_inset space ~
36028 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36030 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
36037 \begin_layout Description
36039 \begin_inset space ~
36042 Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
36043 \begin_inset space ~
36047 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36049 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
36056 \begin_layout Description
36058 \begin_inset space ~
36061 Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36068 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
36075 \begin_layout Description
36077 \begin_inset space ~
36080 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
36081 \begin_inset space ~
36085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36087 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
36094 \begin_layout Description
36096 \begin_inset space ~
36099 Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
36100 \begin_inset space ~
36104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36106 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
36113 \begin_layout Description
36115 \begin_inset space ~
36118 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
36119 \begin_inset space ~
36123 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36125 reference "sub:Ligatures"
36132 \begin_layout Description
36134 \begin_inset space ~
36138 \begin_inset space ~
36141 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
36142 \begin_inset space ~
36146 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36148 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36155 \begin_layout Description
36157 \begin_inset space ~
36160 Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
36161 text line to the page border, see section
36162 \begin_inset space ~
36166 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36168 reference "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
36175 \begin_layout Description
36177 \begin_inset space ~
36180 Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
36181 \begin_inset space ~
36185 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36187 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36194 \begin_layout Description
36196 \begin_inset space ~
36199 Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
36200 text page to the page border, described in section
36201 \begin_inset space ~
36205 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36207 reference "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
36214 \begin_layout Description
36216 \begin_inset space ~
36219 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
36220 \begin_inset space ~
36224 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36226 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36233 \begin_layout Description
36235 \begin_inset space ~
36239 \begin_inset space ~
36242 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
36243 \begin_inset space ~
36247 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36249 reference "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
36256 \begin_layout Subsection
36260 \begin_layout Standard
36261 Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
36262 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
36264 \begin_inset space ~
36268 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36270 reference "sec:toc"
36275 The index list is described in section
36276 \begin_inset space ~
36280 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36282 reference "sec:Index"
36286 , the nomenclature in section
36287 \begin_inset space ~
36291 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36293 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36297 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
36298 \begin_inset space ~
36302 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36304 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
36311 \begin_layout Subsection
36315 \begin_layout Standard
36316 To insert floats, described in section
36317 \begin_inset space ~
36321 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36323 reference "sec:Floats"
36330 \begin_layout Subsection
36334 \begin_layout Standard
36335 To insert notes, described in section
36336 \begin_inset space ~
36340 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36342 reference "sec:Notes"
36349 \begin_layout Subsection
36353 \begin_layout Standard
36354 Inserts branch insets as described in section
36355 \begin_inset space ~
36359 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36361 reference "sec:Branches"
36368 \begin_layout Subsection
36372 \begin_layout Standard
36373 Inserts document class-specific insets.
36374 Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
36376 An example is the document class
36377 \begin_inset Quotes eld
36381 \begin_inset Quotes erd
36384 with three custom insets.
36387 Flex insets and InsetLayout
36393 manual explains how custom insets are defined.
36396 \begin_layout Subsection
36398 \begin_inset Index idx
36401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36410 \begin_layout Standard
36411 This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
36412 files in your document.
36413 How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
36424 \begin_layout Subsection
36426 \begin_inset Index idx
36429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36438 \begin_layout Standard
36439 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
36440 \begin_inset space ~
36444 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36446 reference "sec:Minipages"
36451 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
36462 \begin_layout Subsection
36466 \begin_layout Standard
36467 Inserts a citation as described in section
36468 \begin_inset space ~
36472 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36474 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36481 \begin_layout Subsection
36485 \begin_layout Standard
36486 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
36487 \begin_inset space ~
36491 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36493 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36500 \begin_layout Subsection
36504 \begin_layout Standard
36505 Inserts a label as described in section
36506 \begin_inset space ~
36510 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36512 reference "sec:Cross-References"
36519 \begin_layout Subsection
36521 \begin_inset Index idx
36524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36531 \begin_inset Index idx
36534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36535 Longtables ! Caption
36543 \begin_layout Standard
36544 Inserts a caption in a float or longtable.
36545 Floats are described in section
36546 \begin_inset space ~
36550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36552 reference "sec:Floats"
36556 , captions in longtables are described in the section
36567 \begin_layout Subsection
36571 \begin_layout Standard
36572 Inserts an index entry as described in section
36573 \begin_inset space ~
36577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36579 reference "sec:Index"
36586 \begin_layout Subsection
36590 \begin_layout Standard
36591 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
36592 \begin_inset space ~
36596 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36598 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
36605 \begin_layout Subsection
36609 \begin_layout Standard
36611 Tables are described in section
36612 \begin_inset space ~
36616 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36618 reference "sec:Tables"
36625 \begin_layout Subsection
36629 \begin_layout Standard
36631 Graphics are described in section
36632 \begin_inset space ~
36636 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36638 reference "sec:Graphics"
36645 \begin_layout Subsection
36649 \begin_layout Standard
36650 Inserts an URL as described in section
36651 \begin_inset space ~
36655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36657 reference "sub:URLs"
36664 \begin_layout Subsection
36668 \begin_layout Standard
36669 Inserts a hyperlink as described in section
36670 \begin_inset space ~
36674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36676 reference "sub:Hyperlinks"
36683 \begin_layout Subsection
36687 \begin_layout Standard
36688 Inserts a footnote, see section
36689 \begin_inset space ~
36693 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36695 reference "sec:Footnotes"
36702 \begin_layout Subsection
36706 \begin_layout Standard
36707 Inserts a marginal note, see section
36708 \begin_inset space ~
36712 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36714 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
36721 \begin_layout Subsection
36725 \begin_layout Standard
36726 Inserts a short title, see section
36727 \begin_inset space ~
36731 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36733 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
36740 \begin_layout Subsection
36744 \begin_layout Standard
36745 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
36746 \begin_inset space ~
36750 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36752 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
36759 \begin_layout Subsection
36761 \begin_inset Index idx
36764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36773 \begin_layout Standard
36774 Inserts a program listings box.
36775 Program listings are explained in the chapter
36777 Program Code Listings
36786 \begin_layout Subsection
36790 \begin_layout Standard
36791 Inserts the actual date.
36792 The format depends on the date format of the language that is used for
36794 LyX offers various ways to insert a date which are explained and also compared
36806 \begin_layout Section
36808 \begin_inset Index idx
36811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36820 \begin_layout Standard
36821 This menu lists the existing chapters, sections, figures, tables, etc.
36822 \begin_inset space ~
36825 of the current document.
36826 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36829 \begin_layout Subsection
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36834 With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36835 This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
36837 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
36841 \begin_inset space \space{}
36845 \begin_inset space ~
36849 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36850 \begin_inset space ~
36853 2.5 and use the menu
36856 \begin_inset space ~
36860 \begin_inset space ~
36867 \begin_inset space ~
36873 \begin_inset space ~
36877 \begin_inset space ~
36883 Now you can jump easily between these sections by using the menu or by
36887 arg "bookmark-goto 1"
36893 arg "bookmark-goto 2"
36899 \begin_layout Standard
36900 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36901 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36904 \begin_layout Subsection
36905 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36908 \begin_layout Standard
36909 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36913 \begin_layout Subsection
36917 \begin_layout Standard
36918 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36919 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36920 on a cross-reference box.
36923 \begin_layout Section
36925 \begin_inset Index idx
36928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36937 \begin_layout Subsection
36941 \begin_layout Standard
36942 Change Tracking is described in section
36943 \begin_inset space ~
36947 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36949 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36956 \begin_layout Subsection
36961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36971 \begin_layout Standard
36972 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36974 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36977 \begin_layout Standard
36978 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36983 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36986 \begin_layout Subsection
36990 \begin_layout Standard
36991 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36992 \begin_inset space ~
36996 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36998 reference "sec:Navigating"
37003 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37005 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
37012 \begin_layout Subsection
37013 Start Appendix Here
37016 \begin_layout Standard
37017 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
37018 position as described in section
37019 \begin_inset space ~
37023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37025 reference "sec:Appendices"
37032 \begin_layout Subsection
37036 \begin_layout Standard
37037 Un/compresses the current document.
37040 \begin_layout Subsection
37044 \begin_layout Standard
37045 The document settings are described in appendix
37046 \begin_inset space ~
37050 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37052 reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
37059 \begin_layout Section
37061 \begin_inset Index idx
37064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37073 \begin_layout Subsection
37077 \begin_layout Standard
37078 Spell checking is explained in section
37079 \begin_inset space ~
37083 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37085 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
37092 \begin_layout Subsection
37096 \begin_layout Standard
37097 The thesaurus is described in section
37098 \begin_inset space ~
37102 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37104 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
37111 \begin_layout Subsection
37113 \begin_inset Index idx
37116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37123 \begin_inset Index idx
37126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37135 \begin_layout Standard
37136 Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
37137 highlighted document part.
37140 \begin_layout Subsection
37142 \begin_inset Index idx
37145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37154 \begin_layout Standard
37155 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37158 \begin_layout Subsection
37160 \begin_inset Index idx
37163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37164 LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37175 Reconfiguration of LyX
37179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37192 \begin_inset Index idx
37195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37196 Reconfiguration of LyX
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37205 This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
37206 and needed programs it needs; see also section
37207 \begin_inset space ~
37211 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37213 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37220 \begin_layout Subsection
37224 \begin_layout Standard
37225 The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
37226 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37232 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37239 \begin_layout Section
37241 \begin_inset Index idx
37244 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37253 \begin_layout Standard
37254 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37258 \begin_layout Standard
37262 \begin_inset space ~
37267 shows a LyX-document with information about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37268 found by LyX (see also section
37269 \begin_inset space ~
37273 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37275 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37282 \begin_layout Section
37284 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37286 name "sec:Toolbars"
37293 \begin_layout Standard
37294 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37295 \begin_inset space ~
37299 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37301 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37308 \begin_layout Standard
37309 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37310 This is described in the
37312 Additional Features
37317 \begin_layout Subsection
37319 \begin_inset Index idx
37322 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37331 \begin_layout Standard
37332 \begin_inset Graphics
37333 filename ../../doc/clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37341 \begin_layout Standard
37342 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37348 \begin_layout Standard
37349 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37366 \begin_inset Note Note
37369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37370 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37375 manual for more information.
37383 \begin_layout Standard
37384 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37390 \begin_layout Standard
37391 \begin_inset Tabular
37392 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37393 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37394 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37401 \begin_inset Graphics
37402 filename ../../doc/clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37412 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37415 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37416 pull-down box for the paragraph environments
37429 \begin_layout Standard
37430 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37436 \begin_layout Standard
37438 \begin_inset Tabular
37439 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
37440 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
37441 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37442 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37443 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37444 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37450 \begin_inset Graphics
37451 filename ../../images/buffer-new.png
37460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37466 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37473 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37474 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37478 \begin_inset Graphics
37479 filename ../../images/file-open.png
37488 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37494 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37501 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37502 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37505 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37506 \begin_inset Graphics
37507 filename ../../images/buffer-write.png
37516 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37519 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37522 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37529 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37530 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37533 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37534 \begin_inset Graphics
37535 filename ../../images/dialog-show_print.png
37544 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37550 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37557 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37558 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37561 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37562 \begin_inset Graphics
37563 filename ../../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37578 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37585 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37586 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37590 \begin_inset Graphics
37591 filename ../../images/undo.png
37600 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37606 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37613 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37618 \begin_inset Graphics
37619 filename ../../images/redo.png
37628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37641 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37646 \begin_inset Graphics
37647 filename ../../images/cut.png
37656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37662 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37669 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37670 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37674 \begin_inset Graphics
37675 filename ../../images/copy.png
37684 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37690 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37697 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37702 \begin_inset Graphics
37703 filename ../../images/paste.png
37712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37718 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37730 \begin_inset Graphics
37731 filename ../../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37732 rotateOrigin center
37741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37747 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37749 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37753 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37762 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37763 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37767 \begin_inset Graphics
37768 filename ../../images/bookmark-goto_0.png
37769 rotateOrigin center
37778 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37784 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37785 Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37792 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37797 \begin_inset Graphics
37798 filename ../../images/font-emph.png
37807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37811 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37813 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37815 \begin_inset space ~
37826 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37831 \begin_inset Graphics
37832 filename ../../images/font-noun.png
37841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37845 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37847 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37849 \begin_inset space ~
37860 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37865 \begin_inset Graphics
37866 filename ../../images/textstyle-apply.png
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 Formats text using the current settings in the
37881 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37883 \begin_inset space ~
37894 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37895 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37899 \begin_inset Graphics
37900 filename ../../images/math-mode.png
37909 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37915 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37916 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37918 \begin_inset space ~
37927 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37928 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37931 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37932 \begin_inset Graphics
37933 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37934 rotateOrigin center
37943 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37949 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37956 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37957 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37961 \begin_inset Graphics
37962 filename ../../images/tabular-insert.png
37963 rotateOrigin center
37972 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37978 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37985 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37986 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37990 \begin_inset Graphics
37991 filename ../../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37992 rotateOrigin center
38001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38005 Toggle outline window on/off,
38007 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38014 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38019 \begin_inset Graphics
38020 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
38021 rotateOrigin center
38030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38034 Toggle math toolbar on/off
38040 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38045 \begin_inset Graphics
38046 filename ../../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
38047 rotateOrigin center
38056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38060 Toggle table toolbar on/off
38073 \begin_layout Subsection
38075 \begin_inset Index idx
38078 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38087 \begin_layout Standard
38088 \begin_inset Graphics
38089 filename ../../doc/clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
38097 \begin_layout Standard
38098 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38104 \begin_layout Standard
38105 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
38109 \begin_layout Standard
38110 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38116 \begin_layout Standard
38117 \begin_inset Tabular
38118 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
38119 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38120 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38121 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38122 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38123 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38127 \begin_inset Graphics
38128 filename ../../images/layout.png
38129 rotateOrigin center
38138 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38148 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38153 \begin_inset Graphics
38154 filename ../../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38155 rotateOrigin center
38164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38174 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38175 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38179 \begin_inset Graphics
38180 filename ../../images/layout_Itemize.png
38181 rotateOrigin center
38190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38200 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38205 \begin_inset Graphics
38206 filename ../../images/layout_List.png
38207 rotateOrigin center
38216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38226 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38231 \begin_inset Graphics
38232 filename ../../images/layout_Description.png
38233 rotateOrigin center
38242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38252 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38257 \begin_inset Graphics
38258 filename ../../images/depth-increment.png
38259 rotateOrigin center
38268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38274 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38276 \begin_inset space ~
38280 \begin_inset space ~
38289 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38290 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38293 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38294 \begin_inset Graphics
38295 filename ../../images/depth-decrement.png
38296 rotateOrigin center
38305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38311 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38313 \begin_inset space ~
38317 \begin_inset space ~
38326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 \begin_inset Graphics
38332 filename ../../images/float-insert_figure.png
38341 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38347 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38348 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38355 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38360 \begin_inset Graphics
38361 filename ../../images/float-insert_table.png
38370 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38376 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38377 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38384 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38389 \begin_inset Graphics
38390 filename ../../images/label-insert.png
38399 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38405 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38412 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38413 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38417 \begin_inset Graphics
38418 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38433 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38440 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38441 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38445 \begin_inset Graphics
38446 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38461 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38468 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38473 \begin_inset Graphics
38474 filename ../../images/index-insert.png
38483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38489 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38491 \begin_inset space ~
38500 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38505 \begin_inset Graphics
38506 filename ../../images/nomencl-insert.png
38515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38521 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38523 \begin_inset space ~
38532 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38537 \begin_inset Graphics
38538 filename ../../images/footnote-insert.png
38547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38553 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38560 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38561 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38565 \begin_inset Graphics
38566 filename ../../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38567 rotateOrigin center
38576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38582 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38584 \begin_inset space ~
38593 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38594 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38598 \begin_inset Graphics
38599 filename ../../images/note-insert.png
38608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38614 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38615 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38617 \begin_inset space ~
38626 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38631 \begin_inset Graphics
38632 filename ../../images/box-insert.png
38641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38647 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38654 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38659 \begin_inset Graphics
38660 filename ../../images/url-insert.png
38669 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38682 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38687 \begin_inset Graphics
38688 filename ../../images/ert-insert.png
38697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38703 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38725 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38726 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38729 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38730 \begin_inset Graphics
38731 filename ../../images/math-macro_newmacroname_newcommand.png
38740 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38746 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38747 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38754 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38755 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38759 \begin_inset Graphics
38760 filename ../../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38775 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38776 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38778 \begin_inset space ~
38787 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38792 \begin_inset Graphics
38793 filename ../../images/dialog-show_character.png
38794 rotateOrigin center
38803 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38806 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38809 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38811 \begin_inset space ~
38820 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38825 \begin_inset Graphics
38826 filename ../../images/layout-paragraph.png
38827 rotateOrigin center
38836 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38842 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38844 \begin_inset space ~
38853 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38854 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38857 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38858 \begin_inset Graphics
38859 filename ../../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38860 rotateOrigin center
38869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38875 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38889 \begin_layout Subsection
38890 View / Update Toolbar
38891 \begin_inset Index idx
38894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38895 Toolbar ! View / Update
38903 \begin_layout Standard
38904 \begin_inset Graphics
38905 filename ../../doc/clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38912 \begin_layout Standard
38913 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38919 \begin_layout Standard
38920 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38924 \begin_layout Standard
38925 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38931 \begin_layout Standard
38932 \begin_inset Tabular
38933 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38934 <features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
38935 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38936 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38937 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38942 \begin_inset Graphics
38943 filename ../../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38944 rotateOrigin center
38953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38959 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38966 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38971 \begin_inset Graphics
38972 filename ../../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38973 rotateOrigin center
38982 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38988 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38989 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38996 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38997 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39001 \begin_inset Graphics
39002 filename ../../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
39003 rotateOrigin center
39012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39018 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39025 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39030 \begin_inset Graphics
39031 filename ../../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
39032 rotateOrigin center
39041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39047 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39048 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39055 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39060 \begin_inset Graphics
39061 filename ../../images/buffer-view_ps.png
39062 rotateOrigin center
39071 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39077 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39084 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
39085 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39089 \begin_inset Graphics
39090 filename ../../images/buffer-update_ps.png
39091 rotateOrigin center
39100 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
39103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39106 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39107 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39121 \begin_layout Subsection
39125 \begin_layout Standard
39126 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
39127 \begin_inset space ~
39131 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39133 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39137 , the table toolbar
39138 \begin_inset Index idx
39141 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39151 manual, the math macro toolbar
39152 \begin_inset Index idx
39155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39168 \begin_layout Chapter
39169 The Document Settings
39170 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39172 name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
39177 \begin_inset Index idx
39180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39181 Document ! Settings
39189 \begin_layout Standard
39190 The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
39191 whole document and is called with the menu
39193 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39197 You can save your document settings as default with th
39199 e Save as Document Defaults
39201 button in the dialog.
39202 This will create a template name
39210 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
39214 \begin_layout Standard
39215 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
39218 \begin_layout Section
39222 \begin_layout Standard
39223 Here you set the document class, class options, a graphics driver, and a
39225 Document classes are described in section
39226 \begin_inset space ~
39230 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39232 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
39237 Some classes use some class options by default.
39238 If this is the case, they are listed in the field
39242 and you can decide to use them or not.
39243 If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
39244 recommended not to touch them.
39245 The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
39251 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages is used.
39252 It is recommended that you use the default unless you know what you are
39257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39258 When you want one of the following drivers
39259 \begin_inset Newline newline
39262 dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
39263 \begin_inset Newline newline
39266 you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
39267 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39271 \begin_inset CommandInset href
39273 target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
39285 \begin_layout Standard
39286 Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
39287 child or subdocument.
39288 This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
39289 without its master.
39290 This way child documents are always compilable.
39291 More about master and child documents is explained in the section
39302 \begin_layout Section
39306 \begin_layout Standard
39307 Modules are explained in section
39308 \begin_inset space ~
39312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39314 reference "sub:Modules"
39321 \begin_layout Section
39325 \begin_layout Standard
39326 The document font settings are described in section
39327 \begin_inset space ~
39331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39333 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
39340 \begin_layout Section
39344 \begin_layout Standard
39345 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
39347 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
39351 \begin_layout Standard
39352 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
39353 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
39354 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
39357 \begin_layout Standard
39358 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
39366 \begin_layout Section
39370 \begin_layout Standard
39371 A description of this menu is given in section
39372 \begin_inset space ~
39376 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39378 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
39383 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39385 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
39392 \begin_layout Section
39396 \begin_layout Standard
39397 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
39398 \begin_inset space ~
39402 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39404 reference "sub:Margins"
39411 \begin_layout Section
39413 \begin_inset Index idx
39416 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39417 Language ! Encoding
39425 \begin_layout Standard
39426 The document language and quote styles are set here.
39427 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
39428 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
39429 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
39430 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
39431 known for a particular character).
39435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39436 The known commands are defined in a text file.
39437 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
39442 manual for details.
39450 \begin_layout Standard
39451 If you use the option
39455 , LyX determines the encoding of a text part from the language of this text.
39456 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
39457 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
39458 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
39459 exactly one encoding.
39460 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
39468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39469 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
39470 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
39472 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
39473 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39487 \begin_layout Standard
39488 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
39489 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
39490 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
39491 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
39492 Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
39493 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
39498 (when LyX uses its list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
39499 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is not used,
39500 because all Unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
39503 \begin_layout Standard
39504 Here is a list with the important encodings:
39507 \begin_layout Description
39509 \begin_inset space ~
39513 \begin_inset space ~
39517 \begin_inset space ~
39524 , but the LaTeX-package
39529 \begin_inset Index idx
39532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39533 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
39539 When using this, you probably need to load some additional packages manually
39540 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
39541 languages in TeX code.
39544 \begin_layout Description
39545 ASCII the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English (7-bit ASCII).
39546 LyX converts all other characters into LaTeX commands, which may result
39547 in a big file when lots of LaTeX-commands are needed.
39550 \begin_layout Description
39552 \begin_inset space ~
39556 \begin_inset space ~
39559 1256) MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
39562 \begin_layout Description
39564 \begin_inset space ~
39568 \begin_inset space ~
39571 8859-6) for Arabic and Farsi
39574 \begin_layout Description
39576 \begin_inset space ~
39579 (ArmSCII8) for Armenian
39582 \begin_layout Description
39584 \begin_inset space ~
39588 \begin_inset space ~
39591 1257) MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the same
39592 as the ISO-8859-13 encoding
39595 \begin_layout Description
39597 \begin_inset space ~
39601 \begin_inset space ~
39604 8859-13) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a superset of the ISO-8859-4
39608 \begin_layout Description
39610 \begin_inset space ~
39614 \begin_inset space ~
39617 8859-4) (latin 4) for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, a subset of the
39618 ISO-8859-13 encoding
39621 \begin_layout Description
39623 \begin_inset space ~
39627 \begin_inset space ~
39631 \begin_inset space ~
39634 1250) MS Windows code page for ISO
39635 \begin_inset space ~
39641 \begin_layout Description
39643 \begin_inset space ~
39647 \begin_inset space ~
39651 \begin_inset space ~
39654 8859-2) (latin 2) covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German, Hungarian, Polish,
39655 Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
39658 \begin_layout Description
39660 \begin_inset space ~
39664 \begin_inset space ~
39667 (EUC-CN) for simplified Chinese, used especially on UNIX OSes, since 2001
39668 this encoding is officially replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030
39669 is not available for LaTeX you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39670 \begin_inset space ~
39674 \begin_inset space ~
39680 \begin_layout Description
39682 \begin_inset space ~
39686 \begin_inset space ~
39689 (GBK) for simplified Chinese, is the same as the Windows code page CP 936
39690 except for the Euro currency sign, since 2001 this encoding is officially
39691 replaced by the encoding GB18030, as GB18030 is not available for LaTeX
39692 you should try to use the encoding Unicode
39693 \begin_inset space ~
39697 \begin_inset space ~
39703 \begin_layout Description
39705 \begin_inset space ~
39709 \begin_inset space ~
39712 (EUC-TW) for traditional Chinese
39715 \begin_layout Description
39717 \begin_inset space ~
39721 \begin_inset space ~
39724 1251) MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
39727 \begin_layout Description
39729 \begin_inset space ~
39733 \begin_inset space ~
39736 8859-5) covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian, Serbian, and Ukrainian
39739 \begin_layout Description
39741 \begin_inset space ~
39744 (KOI8-R) standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
39747 \begin_layout Description
39749 \begin_inset space ~
39752 (KOI8-U) Cyrillic for Ukrainian
39755 \begin_layout Description
39757 \begin_inset space ~
39761 \begin_inset space ~
39764 154) Cyrillic for Kazakh
39767 \begin_layout Description
39769 \begin_inset space ~
39773 \begin_inset space ~
39779 \begin_layout Description
39781 \begin_inset space ~
39785 \begin_inset space ~
39788 1255) MS Windows code page for Hebrew, a superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
39791 \begin_layout Description
39793 \begin_inset space ~
39797 \begin_inset space ~
39803 \begin_layout Description
39805 \begin_inset space ~
39809 \begin_inset space ~
39812 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39817 \begin_inset Index idx
39820 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39821 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
39826 , when using this, set the document language to
39831 \begin_layout Description
39833 \begin_inset space ~
39837 \begin_inset space ~
39840 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39844 , when using this, set the document language to
39849 \begin_layout Description
39851 \begin_inset space ~
39855 \begin_inset space ~
39858 (EUC-JP) EUC-JP encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39863 \begin_inset Index idx
39866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39867 LaTeX-packages ! japanese
39872 , when using this, set the document language to
39877 \begin_layout Description
39879 \begin_inset space ~
39883 \begin_inset space ~
39886 (JIS) JIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39890 , when using this, set the document language to
39895 \begin_layout Description
39897 \begin_inset space ~
39901 \begin_inset space ~
39904 (SJIS) SJIS encoding for Japanese, uses the LaTeX-package
39908 , when using this, set the document language to
39913 \begin_layout Description
39915 \begin_inset space ~
39918 (EUC-KR) for Korean
39921 \begin_layout Description
39923 \begin_inset space ~
39927 \begin_inset space ~
39931 \begin_inset space ~
39934 8859-3) (latin 3) covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and Turkish
39937 \begin_layout Description
39939 \begin_inset space ~
39943 \begin_inset space ~
39947 \begin_inset space ~
39950 8859-16) (latin 10) covers Albanian, Croatian, Finnish, French, German,
39951 Hungarian, Irish Gaelic, Italian, Polish, Romanian, Slovenian, is designed
39952 to cover many languages and characters with diacritics
39955 \begin_layout Description
39957 \begin_inset space ~
39961 \begin_inset space ~
39967 \begin_layout Description
39969 \begin_inset space ~
39973 \begin_inset space ~
39976 8859-9) (latin 5) for Turkish, is like the ISO-8859-1 encoding where the
39977 Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
39980 \begin_layout Description
39982 \begin_inset space ~
39986 \begin_inset space ~
39989 (utf8) Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
39994 \begin_inset Index idx
39997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39998 LaTeX-packages ! CJK
40003 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
40006 \begin_layout Description
40008 \begin_inset space ~
40012 \begin_inset space ~
40015 (utf8) Unicode utf8 to be used with
40019 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40028 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
40029 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40043 \begin_layout Description
40045 \begin_inset space ~
40049 \begin_inset space ~
40052 (utf8x) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
40057 \begin_inset Index idx
40060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40061 LaTeX-packages ! ucs
40066 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
40069 \begin_layout Description
40071 \begin_inset space ~
40074 (utf8) Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
40079 \begin_inset Index idx
40082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40083 LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
40089 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
40093 \begin_layout Description
40095 \begin_inset space ~
40099 \begin_inset space ~
40103 \begin_inset space ~
40106 1252) MS Windows code page for ISO
40107 \begin_inset space ~
40113 \begin_layout Description
40115 \begin_inset space ~
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40123 \begin_inset space ~
40126 8859-1) (latin 1) covers the languages Albanian, Catalan, Danish, Dutch,
40127 English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic, Irish,
40128 Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; better use the ISO-8859-1
40132 \begin_layout Description
40134 \begin_inset space ~
40138 \begin_inset space ~
40142 \begin_inset space ~
40145 8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
40146 sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
40149 \begin_layout Section
40153 \begin_layout Standard
40154 You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
40155 depth in the table of contents as described in section
40156 \begin_inset space ~
40160 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40162 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
40169 \begin_layout Section
40173 \begin_layout Standard
40174 You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
40179 \begin_inset Index idx
40182 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40183 LaTeX-packages ! natbib
40193 \begin_inset Index idx
40196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40197 LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
40202 , you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
40207 \begin_inset Index idx
40210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40211 LaTeX-packages ! bibtopic
40216 and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
40218 For a further description see section
40219 \begin_inset space ~
40223 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40225 reference "sec:Bibliography"
40232 \begin_layout Section
40236 \begin_layout Standard
40237 Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
40238 and you can define additional indexes.
40239 Please refer to section
40240 \begin_inset space ~
40244 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40246 reference "sec:Index"
40253 \begin_layout Section
40257 \begin_layout Standard
40258 The PDF properties are explained in section
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40265 reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
40272 \begin_layout Section
40276 \begin_layout Standard
40277 These options will force LyX to use the LaTeX-packages
40282 \begin_inset Index idx
40285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40286 LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
40296 \begin_inset Index idx
40299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40300 LaTeX-packages ! esint
40305 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
40308 \begin_layout Standard
40313 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
40314 ensure that you have enabled AMS.
40317 \begin_layout Standard
40322 is used for special integral characters.
40325 \begin_layout Section
40329 \begin_layout Standard
40330 The float placement options are described in section
40331 \begin_inset space ~
40335 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40337 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
40344 \begin_layout Section
40348 \begin_layout Standard
40349 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
40350 The itemize environment is described in section
40351 \begin_inset space ~
40355 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40357 reference "sec:Itemize"
40364 \begin_layout Section
40368 \begin_layout Standard
40369 Branches are described in section
40370 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40376 reference "sec:Branches"
40383 \begin_layout Section
40388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40398 \begin_layout Standard
40399 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
40400 to define LaTeX-commands.
40401 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
40402 You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
40406 \begin_layout Standard
40407 An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
40408 \begin_inset space ~
40412 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40414 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
40421 \begin_layout Chapter
40427 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40429 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
40434 \begin_inset Index idx
40437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40446 \begin_layout Standard
40447 The preferences dialog is called with the menu
40449 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40453 It has the following submenus.
40456 \begin_layout Section
40460 \begin_layout Subsection
40464 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40465 User Interface File
40466 \begin_inset Index idx
40469 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40470 Customization ! of toolbars
40476 \begin_inset Index idx
40479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40480 Customization ! of menus
40488 \begin_layout Standard
40489 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40497 You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
40506 \begin_layout Standard
40507 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
40508 interface (ui) file.
40509 An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
40510 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
40519 Both files are loaded by the
40524 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
40525 files and edit the entries.
40528 \begin_layout Standard
40529 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
40541 entries must be ended with an explicit
40566 and in the case of the
40567 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40571 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40579 The syntax for the entries is:
40582 \begin_layout Standard
40583 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40589 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40601 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40605 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40611 \begin_layout Standard
40613 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40616 All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
40618 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40620 \begin_inset space ~
40628 \begin_layout Standard
40629 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
40635 \begin_layout Standard
40636 An example: Assuming you use the menu
40638 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40641 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
40645 \begin_layout Standard
40646 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40656 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40660 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40670 \begin_layout Standard
40672 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
40675 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
40678 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40682 \begin_layout Standard
40685 Enable tool tips in main work area
40687 enables tool tips showing the content of closed insets like index entries
40691 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40695 \begin_layout Standard
40699 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40703 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40706 restoring of window layout and geometries
40708 LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
40709 in the last LyX session.
40712 \begin_layout Standard
40715 Restore cursor positions
40717 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
40721 \begin_layout Standard
40724 Load opened files from last session
40726 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
40729 \begin_layout Subsubsection
40731 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40733 name "sub:Backup documents"
40738 \begin_inset Index idx
40741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40750 \begin_layout Standard
40755 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
40758 \begin_layout Standard
40763 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
40766 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40768 \begin_inset space ~
40776 \begin_layout Standard
40779 Open documents in tabs
40781 is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
40785 \begin_layout Subsection
40787 \begin_inset Index idx
40790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40797 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40799 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
40806 \begin_layout Standard
40807 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
40810 \begin_layout Standard
40811 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40819 This section only deals with the fonts
40824 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
40827 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40828 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40839 \begin_layout Standard
40840 By default, LyX uses
40844 as roman (serif) font,
40852 (depends on the system) as
40855 \begin_inset space ~
40871 \begin_layout Standard
40872 You can change the font size with the
40877 You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
40878 current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
40881 \begin_layout Standard
40886 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
40887 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
40889 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40892 points have the size of 1
40893 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40897 \begin_inset space ~
40901 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40903 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
40910 \begin_layout Standard
40915 are the same as if a document font size of 10
40916 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40920 The sizes are explained in detail in section
40921 \begin_inset space ~
40925 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40927 reference "sub:Document-Font"
40934 \begin_layout Standard
40937 Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
40939 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
40940 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
40941 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
40942 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
40944 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
40945 \begin_inset space ~
40951 \begin_layout Subsection
40953 \begin_inset Index idx
40956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40963 \begin_inset Index idx
40966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40975 \begin_layout Standard
40976 You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
40977 Choose an item in the list and use the
40984 \begin_layout Subsection
40986 \begin_inset Index idx
40989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40998 \begin_layout Standard
40999 Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
41002 \begin_layout Standard
41007 enables previewing snippets of your document.
41008 This feature is described in section
41009 \begin_inset space ~
41013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41015 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
41022 \begin_layout Standard
41026 \begin_inset space ~
41030 \begin_inset space ~
41034 \begin_inset space ~
41039 displays a pilcrow (¶) at the end of every paragraph.
41042 \begin_layout Section
41044 \begin_inset Index idx
41047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41056 \begin_layout Subsection
41060 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41064 \begin_layout Standard
41067 Cursor follows scrollbar
41069 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
41073 \begin_layout Standard
41076 Sort environments alphabetically
41078 sorts the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41081 \begin_layout Standard
41084 Group environments by their category
41086 groups the entries in the pull-down box for the paragraph environments.
41089 \begin_layout Standard
41090 The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
41102 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41106 \begin_layout Standard
41107 Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
41112 specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
41113 This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
41117 \begin_layout Subsection
41119 \begin_inset Index idx
41122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41129 \begin_inset Index idx
41132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41133 Settings ! Shortcuts
41141 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41145 \begin_layout Standard
41146 Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
41147 Several binding files are available:
41150 \begin_layout Description
41151 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
41154 \begin_layout Description
41155 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
41166 \begin_layout Description
41167 mac.bind set of bindings for
41170 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41178 \begin_layout Standard
41179 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
41183 , and bind files for special languages.
41184 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
41185 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41189 \begin_inset space \space{}
41193 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41197 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41201 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
41205 \begin_layout Standard
41206 Some bind-files, like
41210 , have only a small scope.
41211 When looking at the end of the file
41215 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
41218 \begin_layout Subsubsection
41220 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41222 name "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
41227 \begin_inset Index idx
41230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41231 Key Bindings ! Editing
41239 \begin_layout Standard
41240 To add new or modify existing keybindings to your own taste you can use
41241 the table in the dialog that lists all LyX-functions and the bound shortcuts.
41242 To find functions easily, they are grouped by categories and the dialog
41245 Show key-bindings containing
41248 In this field you can insert a keyword for a function you want to edit.
41249 Insert there for example as keyword
41250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41257 and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
41259 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41263 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41267 As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
41268 All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
41272 that you will find in the
41279 \begin_layout Standard
41281 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41285 \begin_inset space \space{}
41296 , select the function and press the
41301 A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
41302 So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
41303 Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
41304 You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
41305 binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
41307 LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
41309 The binding for the function
41313 is an example of this.
41316 \begin_layout Standard
41317 Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
41319 The syntax of the entries is:
41322 \begin_layout Standard
41328 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41332 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41336 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41340 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41346 \begin_layout Subsection
41348 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41350 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
41355 \begin_inset Index idx
41358 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41365 \begin_inset Index idx
41368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41369 Settings ! Keyboard Map
41377 \begin_layout Standard
41378 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
41379 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
41381 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41385 \begin_inset space \space{}
41388 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
41389 can use the keyboard map file named
41396 \begin_layout Standard
41397 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41405 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
41413 \begin_layout Standard
41414 Besides this, you can specify here the
41416 Wheel scrolling speed
41419 The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
41423 \begin_layout Subsection
41425 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41427 name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
41432 \begin_inset Index idx
41435 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41444 \begin_layout Standard
41445 Input completion is described in sec.
41446 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41450 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41452 reference "sec:Input-Completion"
41457 The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
41459 With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
41460 popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
41464 \begin_layout Section
41466 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41473 \begin_inset Index idx
41476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41483 \begin_inset Index idx
41486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41495 \begin_layout Description
41497 \begin_inset space ~
41500 directory This is LyX's working directory.
41501 It is the default when you
41512 \begin_inset space ~
41520 \begin_layout Description
41522 \begin_inset space ~
41525 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
41527 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41529 \begin_inset space ~
41533 \begin_inset space ~
41541 \begin_layout Description
41543 \begin_inset space ~
41546 files This directory will be opened when you use the button
41552 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
41556 \begin_inset Newline newline
41560 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41563 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41572 button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
41580 \begin_layout Description
41582 \begin_inset space ~
41586 \begin_inset Index idx
41589 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41595 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
41596 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
41597 \begin_inset space ~
41601 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41603 reference "sub:Backup documents"
41611 will be used to save the backups.
41612 \begin_inset Newline newline
41615 The backup files have the ending
41616 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41620 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41626 \begin_layout Description
41631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41638 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
41639 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
41640 \begin_inset Newline newline
41644 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
41647 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41652 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
41660 \begin_layout Description
41662 \begin_inset space ~
41665 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
41668 \begin_layout Description
41670 \begin_inset space ~
41673 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
41674 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
41675 to find it on the system.
41676 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
41677 is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
41679 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41683 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41686 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
41687 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
41691 \begin_layout Section
41695 \begin_layout Standard
41696 Here you can insert your name and email address.
41697 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
41699 \begin_inset space ~
41703 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41705 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
41709 , to mark changes you make as yours.
41712 \begin_layout Section
41714 \begin_inset Index idx
41717 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41718 Language ! Settings
41724 \begin_inset Index idx
41727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41728 Settings ! Language
41736 \begin_layout Subsection
41740 \begin_layout Description
41742 \begin_inset space ~
41746 \begin_inset space ~
41749 language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
41750 Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
41751 It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
41752 You find the actual translation status here:
41753 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41755 name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41756 target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
41763 \begin_layout Description
41765 \begin_inset space ~
41768 language is the language used in new documents
41771 \begin_layout Description
41773 \begin_inset space ~
41776 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
41778 The default is the LaTeX-command
41784 that loads the package
41792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41793 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
41794 \begin_inset space ~
41798 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41800 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
41810 \begin_inset Newline newline
41817 automatically translates in the background the text labels of documents
41818 to the document language.
41819 A text label is, for instance, the word
41820 \begin_inset Quotes eld
41824 \begin_inset Quotes erd
41827 at the beginning of every table caption.
41830 \begin_layout Description
41832 \begin_inset space ~
41835 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
41836 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
41837 An example is the start command
41843 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
41848 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41863 selectlanguage{$$lang}
41868 \begin_layout Description
41870 \begin_inset space ~
41878 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
41879 command toggles the package on and off.
41882 \begin_layout Description
41884 \begin_inset space ~
41894 \begin_layout Description
41895 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
41896 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
41897 used by all LaTeX-packages.
41898 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
41905 \begin_layout Description
41907 \begin_inset space ~
41910 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
41912 When this option is not set, the
41915 \begin_inset space ~
41920 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
41921 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
41924 \begin_inset space ~
41932 \begin_layout Description
41934 \begin_inset space ~
41940 \begin_inset space ~
41946 When it is not set, the
41949 \begin_inset space ~
41954 is set to the end of the document.
41957 \begin_layout Description
41959 \begin_inset space ~
41963 \begin_inset space ~
41966 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
41967 language will be underlined blue.
41970 \begin_layout Description
41972 \begin_inset space ~
41976 \begin_inset space ~
41979 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
41980 like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
41983 \begin_layout Description
41985 \begin_inset space ~
41988 movement When writing RTL, you can define if the left and right arrow keys
41989 move the cursor visually to the left or right, respectively, or logically.
41990 Logical means that the cursor is moved to the left when pressing the right
41991 arrow key and the cursor is inside text in an RTL language.
41994 \begin_layout Subsection
41998 \begin_layout Standard
41999 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
42000 \begin_inset space ~
42004 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42006 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
42013 \begin_layout Section
42017 \begin_layout Subsection
42019 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42026 \begin_inset Index idx
42029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42036 \begin_inset Index idx
42039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42048 \begin_layout Description
42050 \begin_inset space ~
42053 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
42054 The name will be used when the
42059 \begin_inset Newline newline
42063 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
42066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42071 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
42079 \begin_layout Description
42081 \begin_inset space ~
42085 \begin_inset space ~
42089 \begin_inset space ~
42092 printer This option works only for the
42097 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42105 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42109 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
42110 This is an option only for dvips experts.
42113 \begin_layout Description
42115 \begin_inset space ~
42118 command is the command LyX
42119 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42123 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42126 LaTeX uses for printing.
42127 The default is on most systems
42134 \begin_layout Description
42136 \begin_inset space ~
42140 \begin_inset space ~
42143 Options Here you can specify printer options.
42144 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
42145 of the program that provides the
42152 \begin_layout Subsection
42154 \begin_inset Index idx
42157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 \begin_inset Index idx
42167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42168 Settings ! Date format
42176 \begin_layout Standard
42177 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
42178 \begin_inset Newline newline
42182 \begin_inset Flex URL
42185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42187 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
42193 \begin_inset Newline newline
42196 For example the format
42197 \begin_inset Newline newline
42201 \begin_inset Newline newline
42204 prints the date as day/month/year.
42207 \begin_layout Subsection
42211 \begin_layout Description
42213 \begin_inset space ~
42217 \begin_inset space ~
42220 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
42223 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42224 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42226 \begin_inset space ~
42232 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
42236 \begin_layout Description
42238 \begin_inset space ~
42241 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
42246 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
42247 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
42250 \begin_layout Subsection
42255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42265 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
42270 \begin_inset Index idx
42273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42282 \begin_layout Description
42287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42295 \begin_inset space ~
42298 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
42303 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
42325 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
42326 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42334 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42338 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
42339 LyX sets up in the background.
42340 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
42343 \begin_layout Description
42345 \begin_inset space ~
42349 \begin_inset space ~
42352 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
42357 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
42360 \begin_layout Standard
42361 You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
42362 But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
42363 manuals of the applications.
42364 Currently the following commands can be set:
42367 \begin_layout Description
42372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42380 \begin_inset space ~
42383 command Command for the program
42387 that is described in the section
42393 Additional Features
42398 \begin_layout Description
42403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42411 \begin_inset space ~
42414 command Command for the program
42418 that generates the bibliography, see section
42419 \begin_inset space ~
42423 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42425 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
42432 \begin_layout Description
42434 \begin_inset space ~
42437 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
42438 \begin_inset space ~
42442 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42444 reference "sub:Index-Program"
42451 \begin_layout Description
42453 \begin_inset space ~
42456 command Command for the program that generates the nomenclature, see section
42457 \begin_inset space ~
42461 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42463 reference "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
42470 \begin_layout Description
42472 \begin_inset space ~
42476 \begin_inset space ~
42480 \begin_inset space ~
42484 \begin_inset space ~
42487 options They only have an effect when the program
42491 is used as DVI-viewer.
42494 \begin_layout Standard
42495 There are additionally the following options:
42498 \begin_layout Description
42500 \begin_inset space ~
42504 \begin_inset space ~
42508 \begin_inset space ~
42512 \begin_inset space ~
42516 \begin_inset space ~
42519 files Uses paths in the notation of Windows, that means that
42520 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42526 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42530 \begin_inset Quotes eld
42534 \begin_inset Quotes erd
42537 to separate folders.
42538 This option is enabled by default when you use LyX on Windows.
42539 \begin_inset Index idx
42542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42549 \begin_inset Index idx
42552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42561 \begin_layout Description
42563 \begin_inset space ~
42567 \begin_inset space ~
42571 \begin_inset space ~
42575 \begin_inset space ~
42579 \begin_inset space ~
42583 \begin_inset space ~
42586 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
42588 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
42591 dialog when changing the document class.
42594 \begin_layout Section
42596 \begin_inset space ~
42600 \begin_inset Index idx
42603 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42612 \begin_layout Subsection
42614 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42616 name "sub:Converters"
42621 \begin_inset Index idx
42624 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42633 \begin_layout Standard
42634 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
42635 from one format to another.
42636 You can modify them or create new ones.
42637 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
42644 \begin_inset space ~
42654 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
42658 \begin_inset space ~
42663 drop-down list, modify the
42667 field, and press the
42674 \begin_layout Standard
42677 Converter File Cache
42679 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
42682 Maximum Age (in days
42685 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
42686 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
42689 \begin_layout Standard
42690 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
42691 the converter definition, is described in the section
42702 \begin_layout Subsection
42704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42706 name "sec:File-Formats"
42711 \begin_inset Index idx
42714 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42721 \begin_inset Index idx
42724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42733 \begin_layout Standard
42734 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
42735 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
42739 \begin_layout Standard
42740 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
42741 is described in the section
42752 \begin_layout Standard
42753 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
42754 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
42755 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
42756 This is done by specifying a
42761 More about this is described in the section
42772 \begin_layout Chapter
42773 Units available in LyX
42774 \begin_inset Index idx
42777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42784 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42786 name "cha:Units-available-in"
42793 \begin_layout Standard
42794 To understand the units described in this documentation,
42795 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
42797 reference "cap:Units"
42801 explains all units available in LyX.
42804 \begin_layout Standard
42805 \begin_inset Float table
42811 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42812 \begin_inset Caption
42814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42815 \begin_inset CommandInset label
42829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42830 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
42836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42838 \begin_inset Tabular
42839 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
42840 <features tabularvalignment="middle">
42841 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42842 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
42844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42853 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42873 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42904 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42913 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42938 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42942 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42952 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42961 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42966 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42970 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
42983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42989 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
42992 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42993 scaled point (65536
42994 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
42998 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43022 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43026 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43045 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43050 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43054 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
43058 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43086 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43096 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43109 % of original image width
43116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43145 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43156 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43159 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43165 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43168 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43185 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43188 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43196 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43216 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43260 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43263 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
43287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
43296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43298 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43302 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
43323 \begin_layout Chapter
43325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
43334 \begin_layout Standard
43335 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
43336 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
43339 \begin_layout Itemize
43342 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
43345 \begin_layout Itemize
43351 \begin_layout Itemize
43357 \begin_layout Itemize
43363 \begin_layout Itemize
43369 \begin_layout Itemize
43375 \begin_layout Itemize
43381 \begin_layout Itemize
43387 \begin_layout Itemize
43390 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
43393 \begin_layout Itemize
43399 \begin_layout Itemize
43405 \begin_layout Itemize
43411 \begin_layout Itemize
43417 \begin_layout Itemize
43423 \begin_layout Itemize
43429 \begin_layout Itemize
43435 \begin_layout Itemize
43441 \begin_layout Itemize
43443 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
43452 \begin_layout Standard
43453 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
43456 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
43463 \begin_layout Bibliography
43464 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43465 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43466 LatexCommand bibitem
43473 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43476 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
43481 \begin_inset Newline newline
43485 \begin_inset Flex URL
43488 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43490 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
43498 \begin_layout Bibliography
43499 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43500 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43501 LatexCommand bibitem
43502 key "latexcompanion"
43506 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
43508 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
43511 Addison-Wesley, 2004
43514 \begin_layout Bibliography
43515 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43516 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43517 LatexCommand bibitem
43522 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
43525 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
43528 Addison-Wesley, 2003
43531 \begin_layout Bibliography
43532 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43533 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43534 LatexCommand bibitem
43541 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
43544 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
43547 \begin_layout Bibliography
43548 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43549 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43550 LatexCommand bibitem
43562 Addison-Wesley, 1984
43565 \begin_layout Bibliography
43566 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43567 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43568 LatexCommand bibitem
43574 \begin_inset Newline newline
43578 \begin_inset Flex URL
43581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43583 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
43591 \begin_layout Bibliography
43592 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43593 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43594 LatexCommand bibitem
43600 \begin_inset Newline newline
43604 \begin_inset Flex URL
43607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43609 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
43617 \begin_layout Bibliography
43618 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43619 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43620 LatexCommand bibitem
43626 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43628 name "Documentation"
43629 target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
43638 \begin_inset Newline newline
43642 \begin_inset Flex URL
43645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43647 http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
43655 \begin_layout Bibliography
43656 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43657 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43658 LatexCommand bibitem
43664 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43666 name "Documentation"
43667 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf"
43671 how to use the program
43676 \begin_inset Newline newline
43680 \begin_inset Flex URL
43683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43685 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/info/bibtex/tamethebeast/ttb_en.pdf
43693 \begin_layout Bibliography
43694 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43695 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43696 LatexCommand bibitem
43702 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43704 name "Documentation"
43705 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
43714 \begin_inset Newline newline
43718 \begin_inset Flex URL
43721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43723 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
43731 \begin_layout Bibliography
43732 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43733 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43734 LatexCommand bibitem
43740 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43742 name "Documentation"
43743 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
43752 \begin_inset Newline newline
43756 \begin_inset Flex URL
43759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43761 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
43769 \begin_layout Bibliography
43770 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43771 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43772 LatexCommand bibitem
43778 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43780 name "Documentation"
43781 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
43785 of the LaTeX-package
43790 \begin_inset Index idx
43793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43794 LaTeX-packages ! caption
43800 \begin_inset Newline newline
43804 \begin_inset Flex URL
43807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43809 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
43817 \begin_layout Bibliography
43818 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43819 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43820 LatexCommand bibitem
43826 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43828 name "Documentation"
43829 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
43833 of the LaTeX-package
43838 \begin_inset Index idx
43841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43842 LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
43848 \begin_inset Newline newline
43852 \begin_inset Flex URL
43855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43857 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
43865 \begin_layout Bibliography
43866 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43867 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43868 LatexCommand bibitem
43876 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43878 name "Documentation"
43879 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
43885 of the LaTeX-package
43890 \begin_inset Index idx
43893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43894 LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
43900 \begin_inset Newline newline
43904 \begin_inset Flex URL
43907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43909 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
43917 \begin_layout Bibliography
43918 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43919 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43920 LatexCommand bibitem
43926 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43928 name "Documentation"
43929 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
43933 of the LaTeX-package
43938 \begin_inset Index idx
43941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43942 LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
43948 \begin_inset Newline newline
43952 \begin_inset Flex URL
43955 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43957 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
43965 \begin_layout Bibliography
43966 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
43967 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
43968 LatexCommand bibitem
43974 \begin_inset CommandInset href
43976 name "Documentation"
43977 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
43981 of the LaTeX-package
43986 \begin_inset Index idx
43989 \begin_layout Plain Layout
43990 LaTeX-packages ! tipa
43996 \begin_inset Newline newline
44000 \begin_inset Flex URL
44003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44005 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
44013 \begin_layout Bibliography
44014 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44015 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44016 LatexCommand bibitem
44022 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44024 name "Documentation"
44025 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
44029 of the LaTeX-package
44034 \begin_inset Index idx
44037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44038 LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
44044 \begin_inset Newline newline
44048 \begin_inset Flex URL
44051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44053 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
44061 \begin_layout Bibliography
44062 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44063 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44064 LatexCommand bibitem
44070 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44073 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
44077 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
44078 \begin_inset Newline newline
44082 \begin_inset Flex URL
44085 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44087 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
44095 \begin_layout Bibliography
44096 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44097 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44098 LatexCommand bibitem
44104 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44107 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
44111 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
44112 \begin_inset Newline newline
44116 \begin_inset Flex URL
44119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44121 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
44129 \begin_layout Bibliography
44130 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44131 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44132 LatexCommand bibitem
44138 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44141 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
44145 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
44146 \begin_inset Newline newline
44150 \begin_inset Flex URL
44153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44155 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
44163 \begin_layout Bibliography
44164 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44165 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44166 LatexCommand bibitem
44172 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44175 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
44179 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
44180 \begin_inset Newline newline
44184 \begin_inset Flex URL
44187 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44189 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
44197 \begin_layout Bibliography
44198 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44199 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44200 LatexCommand bibitem
44206 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44209 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
44213 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
44214 \begin_inset Newline newline
44218 \begin_inset Flex URL
44221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44223 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
44231 \begin_layout Bibliography
44232 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44233 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44234 LatexCommand bibitem
44240 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44243 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
44247 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
44248 \begin_inset Newline newline
44252 \begin_inset Flex URL
44255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44257 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
44265 \begin_layout Bibliography
44266 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44267 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44268 LatexCommand bibitem
44274 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44277 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian"
44281 how to set up LyX for Latvian:
44282 \begin_inset Newline newline
44286 \begin_inset Flex URL
44289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44291 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Latvian
44299 \begin_layout Bibliography
44300 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44301 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44302 LatexCommand bibitem
44308 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44311 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian"
44315 how to set up LyX for Lithuanian:
44316 \begin_inset Newline newline
44320 \begin_inset Flex URL
44323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44325 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Lithuanian
44333 \begin_layout Bibliography
44334 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44335 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44336 LatexCommand bibitem
44342 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44345 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian"
44349 how to set up LyX for Mongolian:
44350 \begin_inset Newline newline
44354 \begin_inset Flex URL
44357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44359 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Mongolian
44367 \begin_layout Bibliography
44368 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44369 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44370 LatexCommand bibitem
44376 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44379 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
44383 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
44384 \begin_inset Newline newline
44388 \begin_inset Flex URL
44391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44393 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
44401 \begin_layout Bibliography
44402 \labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
44403 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
44404 LatexCommand bibitem
44410 \begin_inset CommandInset href
44413 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20"
44417 about new features in
44422 \begin_inset Newline newline
44426 \begin_inset Flex URL
44429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44431 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX20
44439 \begin_layout Standard
44440 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
44447 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44474 \begin_inset Note Note
44477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
44484 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
44485 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
44486 bibliography is the second one:
44494 \begin_layout Standard
44495 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
44496 LatexCommand bibtex
44497 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
44498 options "biblio/alphadin"
44505 \begin_layout Standard
44506 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
44509 \begin_layout Standard
44510 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
44511 LatexCommand printnomenclature
44517 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
44518 LatexCommand printindex